1  "M () M, the thirteenth letter of the English alphabet, is a vocal consonant, and from the manner of its formation, is called the labio-nasal consonant. See Guide to Pronunciation, // 178-180, 242."
   2  
   3  "M () As a numeral, M stands for one thousand, both in English and Latin."
   4  
   5  "M (n.) A quadrat, the face or top of which is a perfect square; also, the size of such a square in any given size of type, used as the unit of measurement for that type: 500 m's of pica would be a piece of matter whose length and breadth in pica m's multiplied together produce that number."
   6  
   7  "M (n.) A brand or stigma, having the shape of an M, formerly impressed on one convicted of manslaughter and admitted to the benefit of clergy."
   8  
   9  Ma (n.) A child's word for mother.
  10  
  11  "Ma (n.) In Oriental countries, a respectful form of address given to a woman; mother."
  12  
  13  "Ma (conj.) But; -- used in cautionary phrases; as, ""Vivace, ma non troppo presto"" (i. e., lively, but not too quick)."
  14  
  15  "Maa (n.) The common European gull (Larus canus); -- called also mar. See New, a gull."
  16  
  17  Maad (p. p.) Made.
  18  
  19  Maalin (n.) The sparrow hawk.
  20  
  21  Maalin (n.) The kestrel.
  22  
  23  "Ma'am (n.) Madam; my lady; -- a colloquial contraction of madam often used in direct address, and sometimes as an appellation."
  24  
  25  "Maara shell () A large, pearly, spiral, marine shell (Turbo margaritaceus), from the Pacific Islands. It is used as an ornament."
  26  
  27  "Maasha (n.) An East Indian coin, of about one tenth of the weight of a rupee."
  28  
  29  Maat (a.) Dejected; sorrowful; downcast.
  30  
  31  Mad (n.) A slattern.
  32  
  33  "Mad (n.) The name of a female fairy, esp. the queen of the fairies; and hence, sometimes, any fairy."
  34  
  35  Mabble (v. t.) To wrap up.
  36  
  37  Mabby (n.) A spirituous liquor or drink distilled from potatoes; -- used in the Barbadoes.
  38  
  39  "Mabolo (n.) A kind of persimmon tree (Diospyros discolor) from the Philippine Islands, now introduced into the East and West Indies. It bears an edible fruit as large as a quince."
  40  
  41  "Mac () A prefix, in names of Scotch origin, signifying son."
  42  
  43  "Macaco (n.) Any one of several species of lemurs, as the ruffed lemur (Lemur macaco), and the ring-tailed lemur (L. catta)."
  44  
  45  "Macacus (n.) A genus of monkeys, found in Asia and the East Indies. They have short tails and prominent eyebrows."
  46  
  47  Macadamization (n.) The process or act of macadamizing.
  48  
  49  Macadamized (imp. & p. p.) of Macadamize
  50  
  51  Macadamizing (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Macadamize
  52  
  53  "Macadamize (v. t.) To cover, as a road, or street, with small, broken stones, so as to form a smooth, hard, convex surface."
  54  
  55  Maoadam road () A macadamized road.
  56  
  57  Macao (n.) A macaw.
  58  
  59  "Macaque (n.) Any one of several species of short-tailed monkeys of the genus Macacus; as, M. maurus, the moor macaque of the East Indies."
  60  
  61  "Macaranga gum () A gum of a crimson color, obtained from a tree (Macaranga Indica) that grows in the East Indies. It is used in taking impressions of coins, medallions, etc., and sometimes as a medicine."
  62  
  63  Macarize (v. t.) To congratulate.
  64  
  65  Macaronis (pl. ) of Macaroni
  66  
  67  Macaronies (pl. ) of Macaroni
  68  
  69  "Macaroni (n.) Long slender tubes made of a paste chiefly of wheat flour, and used as an article of food; Italian or Genoese paste."
  70  
  71  Macaroni (n.) A medley; something droll or extravagant.
  72  
  73  Macaroni (n.) A sort of droll or fool.
  74  
  75  Macaroni (n.) A finical person; a fop; -- applied especially to English fops of about 1775.
  76  
  77  "Macaroni (n.) The designation of a body of Maryland soldiers in the Revolutionary War, distinguished by a rich uniform."
  78  
  79  Macaronian (a.) Alt. of Macaronic
  80  
  81  "Macaronic (a.) Pertaining to, or like, macaroni (originally a dish of mixed food); hence, mixed; confused; jumbled."
  82  
  83  "Macaronic (a.) Of or pertaining to the burlesque composition called macaronic; as, macaronic poetry."
  84  
  85  Macaronic (n.) A heap of thing confusedly mixed together; a jumble.
  86  
  87  "Macaronic (n.) A kind of burlesque composition, in which the vernacular words of one or more modern languages are intermixed with genuine Latin words, and with hybrid formed by adding Latin terminations to other roots."
  88  
  89  "Macaroon (n.) A small cake, composed chiefly of the white of eggs, almonds, and sugar."
  90  
  91  "Macaroon (n.) A finical fellow, or macaroni."
  92  
  93  Macartney (n.) A fire-backed pheasant. See Fireback.
  94  
  95  "Macassar oil () A kind of oil formerly used in dressing the hair; -- so called because originally obtained from Macassar, a district of the Island of Celebes. Also, an imitation of the same, of perfumed castor oil and olive oil."
  96  
  97  "Macauco (n.) Any one of several species of small lemurs, as Lemur murinus, which resembles a rat in size."
  98  
  99  "Macavahu (n.) A small Brazilian monkey (Callithrix torquatus), -- called also collared teetee."
 100  
 101  "Macaw (n.) Any parrot of the genus Sittace, or Macrocercus. About eighteen species are known, all of them American. They are large and have a very long tail, a strong hooked bill, and a naked space around the eyes. The voice is harsh, and the colors are brilliant and strongly contrasted."
 102  
 103  "Maccabean (a.) Of or pertaining to Judas Maccabeus or to the Maccabees; as, the Maccabean princes; Maccabean times."
 104  
 105  "Maccabees (n. pl.) The name given later times to the Asmonaeans, a family of Jewish patriots, who headed a religious revolt in the reign of Antiochus IV., 168-161 B. C., which led to a period of freedom for Israel."
 106  
 107  "Maccabees (n. pl.) The name of two ancient historical books, which give accounts of Jewish affairs in or about the time of the Maccabean princes, and which are received as canonical books in the Roman Catholic Church, but are included in the Apocrypha by Protestants. Also applied to three books, two of which are found in some MSS. of the Septuagint."
 108  
 109  Maccaboy (n.) Alt. of Maccoboy
 110  
 111  Maccoboy (n.) A kind of snuff.
 112  
 113  Macco (n.) A gambling game in vogue in the eighteenth century.
 114  
 115  "Mace (n.) A money of account in China equal to one tenth of a tael; also, a weight of 57.98 grains."
 116  
 117  Mace (n.) A kind of spice; the aril which partly covers nutmegs. See Nutmeg.
 118  
 119  "Mace (n.) A heavy staff or club of metal; a spiked club; -- used as weapon in war before the general use of firearms, especially in the Middle Ages, for breaking metal armor."
 120  
 121  "Mace (n.) A staff borne by, or carried before, a magistrate as an ensign of his authority."
 122  
 123  Mace (n.) An officer who carries a mace as an emblem of authority.
 124  
 125  Mace (n.) A knobbed mallet used by curriers in dressing leather to make it supple.
 126  
 127  "Mace (n.) A rod for playing billiards, having one end suited to resting on the table and pushed with one hand."
 128  
 129  "Macedonian (a.) Belonging, or relating, to Macedonia."
 130  
 131  Macedonian (n.) A native or inhabitant of Macedonia.
 132  
 133  "Macedonian (n.) One of a certain religious sect, followers of Macedonius, Bishop of Constantinople, in the fourth century, who held that the Holy Ghost was a creature, like the angels, and a servant of the Father and the Son."
 134  
 135  Macedonianism (n.) The doctrines of Macedonius.
 136  
 137  Macer (n.) A mace bearer; an officer of a court.
 138  
 139  Macerated (imp. & p. p.) of Macerate
 140  
 141  Macerating (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Macerate
 142  
 143  Macerate (v. t.) To make lean; to cause to waste away.
 144  
 145  Macerate (v. t.) To subdue the appetites of by poor and scanty diet; to mortify.
 146  
 147  "Macerate (v. t.) To soften by steeping in a liquid, with or without heat; to wear away or separate the parts of by steeping; as, to macerate animal or vegetable fiber."
 148  
 149  "Macerater (n.) One who, or that which, macerates; an apparatus for converting paper or fibrous matter into pulp."
 150  
 151  Maceration (n.) The act or process of macerating.
 152  
 153  Machaerodus (n.) Alt. of Machairodus
 154  
 155  "Machairodus (n.) A genus of extinct mammals allied to the cats, and having in the upper jaw canine teeth of remarkable size and strength; -- hence called saber-toothed tigers."
 156  
 157  "Machete (n.) A large heavy knife resembling a broadsword, often two or three feet in length, -- used by the inhabitants of Spanish America as a hatchet to cut their way through thickets, and for various other purposes."
 158  
 159  "Machiavelian (a.) Of or pertaining to Machiavel, or to his supposed principles; politically cunning; characterized by duplicity or bad faith; crafty."
 160  
 161  Machiavelian (n.) One who adopts the principles of Machiavel; a cunning and unprincipled politician.
 162  
 163  Machiavelism (n.) Alt. of Machiavelianism
 164  
 165  "Machiavelianism (n.) The supposed principles of Machiavel, or practice in conformity to them; political artifice, intended to favor arbitrary power."
 166  
 167  Machicolated (a.) Having machicolations.
 168  
 169  "Machicolation (n.) An opening between the corbels which support a projecting parapet, or in the floor of a gallery or the roof of a portal, shooting or dropping missiles upen assailants attacking the base of the walls. Also, the construction of such defenses, in general, when of this character. See Illusts. of Battlement and Castle."
 170  
 171  Machicolation (n.) The act of discharging missiles or pouring burning or melted substances upon assailants through such apertures.
 172  
 173  Machicoulis (n.) Same as Machicolation.
 174  
 175  Machinal (a.) Of or pertaining to machines.
 176  
 177  Machinated (imp. & p. p.) of Machinate
 178  
 179  Machinating (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Machinate
 180  
 181  "Machinate (v. i.) To plan; to contrive; esp., to form a scheme with the purpose of doing harm; to contrive artfully; to plot."
 182  
 183  "Machinate (v. t.) To contrive, as a plot; to plot; as, to machinate evil."
 184  
 185  Machination (n.) The act of machinating.
 186  
 187  Machination (n.) That which is devised; a device; a hostile or treacherous scheme; an artful design or plot.
 188  
 189  "Machinator (n.) One who machinates, or forms a scheme with evil designs; a plotter or artful schemer."
 190  
 191  "Machine (n.) In general, any combination of bodies so connected that their relative motions are constrained, and by means of which force and motion may be transmitted and modified, as a screw and its nut, or a lever arranged to turn about a fulcrum or a pulley about its pivot, etc.; especially, a construction, more or less complex, consisting of a combination of moving parts, or simple mechanical elements, as wheels, levers, cams, etc., with their supports and connecting framework, calculated to constitute a prime mover, or to receive force and motion from a prime mover or from another machine, and transmit, modify, and apply them to the production of some desired mechanical effect or work, as weaving by a loom, or the excitation of electricity by an electrical machine."
 192  
 193  "Machine (n.) Any mechanical contrivance, as the wooden horse with which the Greeks entered Troy; a coach; a bicycle."
 194  
 195  Machine (n.) A person who acts mechanically or at will of another.
 196  
 197  "Machine (n.) A combination of persons acting together for a common purpose, with the agencies which they use; as, the social machine."
 198  
 199  "Machine (n.) A political organization arranged and controlled by one or more leaders for selfish, private or partisan ends."
 200  
 201  "Machine (n.) Supernatural agency in a poem, or a superhuman being introduced to perform some exploit."
 202  
 203  Machined (imp. & p. p.) of Machine
 204  
 205  Machining (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Machine
 206  
 207  Machine (v. t.) To subject to the action of machinery; to effect by aid of machinery; to print with a printing machine.
 208  
 209  Machiner (n.) One who or operates a machine; a machinist.
 210  
 211  "Machinery (n.) Machines, in general, or collectively."
 212  
 213  "Machinery (n.) The working parts of a machine, engine, or instrument; as, the machinery of a watch."
 214  
 215  "Machinery (n.) The supernatural means by which the action of a poetic or fictitious work is carried on and brought to a catastrophe; in an extended sense, the contrivances by which the crises and conclusion of a fictitious narrative, in prose or verse, are effected."
 216  
 217  Machinery (n.) The means and appliances by which anything is kept in action or a desired result is obtained; a complex system of parts adapted to a purpose.
 218  
 219  Machining (a.) Of or pertaining to the machinery of a poem; acting or used as a machine.
 220  
 221  Machinist (n.) A constrictor of machines and engines; one versed in the principles of machines.
 222  
 223  Machinist (n.) One skilled in the use of machine tools.
 224  
 225  Machinist (n.) A person employed to shift scenery in a theater.
 226  
 227  "Macho (n.) The striped mullet of California (Mugil cephalus, / Mexicanus)."
 228  
 229  Macilency (n.) Leanness.
 230  
 231  Macilent (a.) Lean; thin.
 232  
 233  Macintosh (n.) Same as Mackintosh.
 234  
 235  "Mackerel (n.) A pimp; also, a bawd."
 236  
 237  "Mackerel (n.) Any species of the genus Scomber, and of several related genera. They are finely formed and very active oceanic fishes. Most of them are highly prized for food."
 238  
 239  Mackinaw blanket () Alt. of Mackinaw
 240  
 241  Mackinaw () A thick blanket formerly in common use in the western part of the United States.
 242  
 243  Mackintosh (n.) A waterproof outer garment; -- so called from the name of the inventor.
 244  
 245  Mackle (n.) Same Macule.
 246  
 247  "Mackle (v. t. & i.) To blur, or be blurred, in printing, as if there were a double impression."
 248  
 249  Macle (n.) Chiastolite; -- so called from the tessellated appearance of a cross section. See Chiastolite.
 250  
 251  Macle (n.) A crystal having a similar tessellated appearance.
 252  
 253  Macle (n.) A twin crystal.
 254  
 255  Macled (a.) Marked like macle (chiastolite).
 256  
 257  "Macled (a.) Having a twin structure. See Twin, a."
 258  
 259  Macled (a.) See Mascled.
 260  
 261  "Maclurea (n.) A genus of spiral gastropod shells, often of large size, characteristic of the lower Silurian rocks."
 262  
 263  Maclurin (n.) See Morintannic.
 264  
 265  "Macrame lace () A coarse lace made of twine, used especially in decorating furniture."
 266  
 267  Macrencephalic (a.) Alt. of Macrencephalous
 268  
 269  Macrencephalous (a.) Having a large brain.
 270  
 271  "Macro- () A combining form signifying long, large, great; as macrodiagonal, macrospore."
 272  
 273  Macrobiotic (a.) Long-lived.
 274  
 275  Macrobiotics (n.) The art of prolonging life.
 276  
 277  Macrocephalous (a.) Having a large head.
 278  
 279  "Macrocephalous (a.) Having the cotyledons of a dicotyledonous embryo confluent, and forming a large mass compared with the rest of the body."
 280  
 281  "Macro-chemistry (n.) The science which treats of the chemical properties, actions or relations of substances in quantity; -- distinguished from micro-chemistry."
 282  
 283  Macrochires (n. pl.) A division of birds including the swifts and humming birds. So called from the length of the distal part of the wing.
 284  
 285  "Macrocosm (n.) The great world; that part of the universe which is exterior to man; -- contrasted with microcosm, or man. See Microcosm."
 286  
 287  Macrocosmic (a.) Of or pertaining to the macrocosm.
 288  
 289  "Macrocystis (n.) An immensely long blackish seaweed of the Pacific (Macrocystis pyrifera), having numerous almond-shaped air vessels."
 290  
 291  Macrodactyl (n.) One of a group of wading birds (Macrodactyli) having very long toes.
 292  
 293  Macrodactylic (a.) Alt. of Macrodactylous
 294  
 295  Macrodactylous (a.) Having long toes.
 296  
 297  "Macrodiagonal (n.) The longer of two diagonals, as of a rhombic prism. See Crystallization."
 298  
 299  "Macrodome (n.) A dome parallel to the longer lateral axis of an orthorhombic crystal. See Dome, n., 4."
 300  
 301  Macrodont (a.) Having large teeth.
 302  
 303  Macrodont (n.) A macrodont animal.
 304  
 305  Macrofarad (n.) See Megafarad.
 306  
 307  Macroglossia (n.) Enlargement or hypertrophy of the tongue.
 308  
 309  Macrognathic (a.) Long-jawed.
 310  
 311  Macrology (n.) Long and tedious talk without much substance; superfluity of words.
 312  
 313  Macrometer (n.) An instrument for determining the size or distance of inaccessible objects by means of two reflectors on a common sextant.
 314  
 315  "Macron (n.) A short, straight, horizontal mark [-], placed over vowels to denote that they are to be pronounced with a long sound; as, a, in dame; /, in s/am, etc."
 316  
 317  Macropetalous (a.) Having long or large petals.
 318  
 319  Macrophyllous (a.) Having long or large leaves.
 320  
 321  Macropinacoid (n.) One of the two planes of an orthorhombic crystal which are parallel to the vertical and longer lateral (macrodiagonal) axes.
 322  
 323  Macropod (n.) Any one of a group of maioid crabs remarkable for the length of their legs; -- called also spider crab.
 324  
 325  "Macropodal (a.) Having long or large feet, or a long stem."
 326  
 327  Macropodian (n.) A macropod.
 328  
 329  Macropodous (a.) Having long legs or feet.
 330  
 331  Macroprism (n.) A prism of an orthorhombic crystal between the macropinacoid and the unit prism; the corresponding pyramids are called macropyramids.
 332  
 333  Macropteres (n. pl.) A division of birds; the Longipennes.
 334  
 335  Macropterous (a.) Having long wings.
 336  
 337  Macropus (n.) genus of marsupials including the common kangaroo.
 338  
 339  Macropyramid (n.) See Macroprism.
 340  
 341  Macroscopic (a.) Alt. of Macroscopical
 342  
 343  Macroscopical (a.) Visible to the unassisted eye; -- as opposed to microscopic.
 344  
 345  "Macrosporangium (n.) A sporangium or conceptacle containing only large spores; -- opposed to microsporangium. Both are found in the genera Selaginella, Isoctes, and Marsilia, plants remotely allied to ferns."
 346  
 347  "Macrospore (n.) One of the specially large spores of certain flowerless plants, as Selaginella, etc."
 348  
 349  Macrosporic (a.) Of or pertaining to macrospores.
 350  
 351  Macrotone (n.) Same as Macron.
 352  
 353  Macrotous (a.) Large-eared.
 354  
 355  Macroura (a.) Alt. of Macroural
 356  
 357  "Macroural (a.) Same as Macrura, Macrural, etc."
 358  
 359  Macrozoospore (n.) A large motile spore having four vibratile cilia; -- found in certain green algae.
 360  
 361  "Macrura (n. pl.) A subdivision of decapod Crustacea, having the abdomen largely developed. It includes the lobster, prawn, shrimp, and many similar forms. Cf. Decapoda."
 362  
 363  Macrural (a.) Same as Macrurous.
 364  
 365  Macruran (n.) One of the Macrura.
 366  
 367  Macruroid (a.) Like or pertaining to the Macrura.
 368  
 369  Macrurous (a.) Of or pertaining to the Macrura; having a long tail.
 370  
 371  Mactation (n.) The act of killing a victim for sacrifice.
 372  
 373  "Mactra (n.) Any marine bivalve shell of the genus Mactra, and allied genera. Many species are known. Some of them are used as food, as Mactra stultorum, of Europe. See Surf clam, under Surf."
 374  
 375  Maculae (pl. ) of Macula
 376  
 377  "Macula (n.) A spot, as on the skin, or on the surface of the sun or of some other luminous orb."
 378  
 379  Macula (n.) A rather large spot or blotch of color.
 380  
 381  Maculate (v.) To spot; to stain; to blur.
 382  
 383  "Maculate (a.) Marked with spots or maculae; blotched; hence, defiled; impure; as, most maculate thoughts."
 384  
 385  Maculated (a.) Having spots or blotches; maculate.
 386  
 387  Maculation (n.) The act of spotting; a spot; a blemish.
 388  
 389  Maculatory (a.) Causing a spot or stain.
 390  
 391  Maculature (n.) Blotting paper.
 392  
 393  Macule (n.) A spot.
 394  
 395  "Macule (n.) A blur, or an appearance of a double impression, as when the paper slips a little; a mackle."
 396  
 397  "Macule (v.) To blur; especially (Print.), to blur or double an impression from type. See Mackle."
 398  
 399  Maculose (a.) Of or pertaining to spots upon a surface; spotted; maculate.
 400  
 401  Mad () p. p. of Made.
 402  
 403  Mad (superl.) Disordered in intellect; crazy; insane.
 404  
 405  "Mad (superl.) Excited beyond self-control or the restraint of reason; inflamed by violent or uncontrollable desire, passion, or appetite; as, to be mad with terror, lust, or hatred; mad against political reform."
 406  
 407  "Mad (superl.) Proceeding from, or indicating, madness; expressing distraction; prompted by infatuation, fury, or extreme rashness."
 408  
 409  Mad (superl.) Extravagant; immoderate.
 410  
 411  "Mad (superl.) Furious with rage, terror, or disease; -- said of the lower animals; as, a mad bull; esp., having hydrophobia; rabid; as, a mad dog."
 412  
 413  "Mad (superl.) Angry; out of patience; vexed; as, to get mad at a person."
 414  
 415  Mad (superl.) Having impaired polarity; -- applied to a compass needle.
 416  
 417  Madded (imp. & p. p.) of Mad
 418  
 419  Madding (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Mad
 420  
 421  Mad (v. t.) To make mad or furious; to madden.
 422  
 423  Mad (v. i.) To be mad; to go mad; to rave. See Madding.
 424  
 425  Mad (n.) An earthworm.
 426  
 427  Madams (pl. ) of Madam
 428  
 429  Mesdames (pl. ) of Madam
 430  
 431  "Madam (n.) A gentlewoman; -- an appellation or courteous form of address given to a lady, especially an elderly or a married lady; -- much used in the address, at the beginning of a letter, to a woman. The corresponding word in addressing a man is Sir."
 432  
 433  Mesdames (pl. ) of Madame
 434  
 435  "Madame (n.) My lady; -- a French title formerly given to ladies of quality; now, in France, given to all married women."
 436  
 437  Mad-apple (n.) See Eggplant.
 438  
 439  Madbrain (a.) Hot-headed; rash.
 440  
 441  Madbrain (n.) A rash or hot-headed person.
 442  
 443  Madbrained (a.) Disordered in mind; hot-headed.
 444  
 445  "Madcap (a.) Inclined to wild sports; delighting in rash, absurd, or dangerous amusements."
 446  
 447  Madcap (a.) Wild; reckless.
 448  
 449  "Madcap (n.) A person of wild behavior; an excitable, rash, violent person."
 450  
 451  Maddened (imp. & p. p.) of Madden
 452  
 453  Maddening (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Madden
 454  
 455  Madden (v. t.) To make mad; to drive to madness; to craze; to excite violently with passion; to make very angry; to enrage.
 456  
 457  Madden (v. i.) To become mad; to act as if mad.
 458  
 459  "Madder (n.) A plant of the Rubia (R. tinctorum). The root is much used in dyeing red, and formerly was used in medicine. It is cultivated in France and Holland. See Rubiaceous."
 460  
 461  Madderwort (n.) A name proposed for any plant of the same natural order (Rubiaceae) as the madder.
 462  
 463  Madding (a.) Affected with madness; raging; furious.
 464  
 465  Maddish (a.) Somewhat mad.
 466  
 467  "Made (n.) See Mad, n."
 468  
 469  Made () imp. & p. p. of Make.
 470  
 471  "Made (a.) Artificially produced; pieced together; formed by filling in; as, made ground; a made mast, in distinction from one consisting of a single spar."
 472  
 473  Madecass (n.) Alt. of Madecassee
 474  
 475  "Madecassee (n.) A native or inhabitant of Madagascar, or Madecassee; the language of the natives of Madagascar. See Malagasy."
 476  
 477  Madecassee (a.) Of or pertaining to Madagascar or its inhabitants.
 478  
 479  Madefaction (n.) Alt. of Madefication
 480  
 481  "Madefication (n.) The act of madefying, or making wet; the state of that which is made wet."
 482  
 483  Madefied (imp. & p. p.) of Madefy
 484  
 485  Madefying (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Madefy
 486  
 487  Madefy (v. t.) To make wet or moist.
 488  
 489  Madegassy (n. & a.) See Madecassee.
 490  
 491  Madeira (n.) A rich wine made on the Island of Madeira.
 492  
 493  Mesdemoiselles (pl. ) of Mademoiselle
 494  
 495  "Mademoiselle (n.) A French title of courtesy given to a girl or an unmarried lady, equivalent to the English Miss."
 496  
 497  "Mademoiselle (n.) A marine food fish (Sciaena chrysura), of the Southern United States; -- called also yellowtail, and silver perch."
 498  
 499  Madge (n.) The barn owl.
 500  
 501  Madge (n.) The magpie.
 502  
 503  Mad-headed (a.) Wild; crack-brained.
 504  
 505  Madhouse (n.) A house where insane persons are confined; an insane asylum; a bedlam.
 506  
 507  "Madia (n.) A genus of composite plants, of which one species (Madia sativa) is cultivated for the oil yielded from its seeds by pressure. This oil is sometimes used instead of olive oil for the table."
 508  
 509  "Madid (a.) Wet; moist; as, a madid eye."
 510  
 511  Madisterium (n.) An instrument to extract hairs.
 512  
 513  Madjoun (n.) An intoxicating confection from the hemp plant; -- used by the Turks and Hindoos.
 514  
 515  Madly (a.) In a mad manner; without reason or understanding; wildly.
 516  
 517  Madmen (pl. ) of Madman
 518  
 519  Madman (n.) A man who is mad; lunatic; a crazy person.
 520  
 521  Madnep (n.) The masterwort (Peucedanum Ostruthium).
 522  
 523  Madness (a.) The condition of being mad; insanity; lunacy.
 524  
 525  Madness (a.) Frenzy; ungovernable rage; extreme folly.
 526  
 527  "Madonna (n.) My lady; -- a term of address in Italian formerly used as the equivalent of Madame, but for which Signora is now substituted. Sometimes introduced into English."
 528  
 529  Madonna (n.) A picture of the Virgin Mary (usually with the babe).
 530  
 531  "Madoqua (n.) A small Abyssinian antelope (Neotragus Saltiana), about the size of a hare."
 532  
 533  Madrague (n.) A large fish pound used for the capture of the tunny in the Mediterranean; also applied to the seines used for the same purpose.
 534  
 535  Madreperl (n.) Mother-of-pearl.
 536  
 537  "Madrepora (n.) A genus of reef corals abundant in tropical seas. It includes than one hundred and fifty species, most of which are elegantly branched."
 538  
 539  "Madreporaria (n. pl.) An extensive division of Anthozoa, including most of the species that produce stony corals. See Illust. of Anthozoa."
 540  
 541  "Madrepore (n.) Any coral of the genus Madrepora; formerly, often applied to any stony coral."
 542  
 543  Madreporian (a.) Alt. of Madreporic
 544  
 545  "Madreporic (a.) Resembling, or pertaining to, the genus Madrepora."
 546  
 547  Madreporiform (a.) Resembling a madreporian coral in form or structure.
 548  
 549  Madreporite (n.) A fossil coral.
 550  
 551  Madreporite (n.) The madreporic plate of echinoderms.
 552  
 553  "Madrier (n.) A thick plank, used for several mechanical purposes"
 554  
 555  "Madrier (n.) A plank to receive the mouth of a petard, with which it is applied to anything intended to be broken down."
 556  
 557  Madrier (n.) A plank or beam used for supporting the earth in mines or fortifications.
 558  
 559  "Madrigal (n.) A little amorous poem, sometimes called a pastoral poem, containing some tender and delicate, though simple, thought."
 560  
 561  "Madrigal (n.) An unaccompanied polyphonic song, in four, five, or more parts, set to secular words, but full of counterpoint and imitation, and adhering to the old church modes. Unlike the freer glee, it is best sung with several voices on a part. See Glee."
 562  
 563  Madrigaler (n.) A madrigalist.
 564  
 565  Madrigalist (n.) A composer of madrigals.
 566  
 567  "Madrilenian (a.) Of or pertaining to Madrid in Spain, or to its inhabitants."
 568  
 569  Madrilenian (n.) A native or inhabitant of Madrid.
 570  
 571  "Madrina (n.) An animal (usually an old mare), wearing a bell and acting as the leader of a troop of pack mules."
 572  
 573  "Madro�a (n.) A small evergreen tree or shrub (Arbutus Menziesii), of California, having a smooth bark, thick shining leaves, and edible red berries, which are often called madro�a apples."
 574  
 575  "Madwort (n.) A genus of cruciferous plants (Alyssum) with white or yellow flowers and rounded pods. A. maritimum is the commonly cultivated sweet alyssum, a fragrant white-flowered annual."
 576  
 577  Maegbote (n.) Alt. of Magbote
 578  
 579  Magbote (n.) Compensation for the injury done by slaying a kinsman.
 580  
 581  Maelstrom (n.) A celebrated whirlpool on the coast of Norway.
 582  
 583  "Maelstrom (n.) Also Fig. ; as, a maelstrom of vice."
 584  
 585  Maenad (n.) A Bacchante; a priestess or votary of Bacchus.
 586  
 587  Maenad (n.) A frantic or frenzied woman.
 588  
 589  Maestoso (a. & adv.) Majestic or majestically; -- a direction to perform a passage or piece of music in a dignified manner.
 590  
 591  Maestricht monitor () The Mosasaurus Hofmanni. See Mosasaurus.
 592  
 593  "Maestro (n.) A master in any art, especially in music; a composer."
 594  
 595  Maffle (v. i.) To stammer.
 596  
 597  Maffler (n.) A stammerer.
 598  
 599  "Magazine (n.) A receptacle in which anything is stored, especially military stores, as ammunition, arms, provisions, etc."
 600  
 601  Magazine (n.) The building or room in which the supply of powder is kept in a fortification or a ship.
 602  
 603  Magazine (n.) A chamber in a gun for holding a number of cartridges to be fed automatically to the piece.
 604  
 605  Magazine (n.) A pamphlet published periodically containing miscellaneous papers or compositions.
 606  
 607  Magazined (imp. & p. p.) of Magazine
 608  
 609  Magazining (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Magazine
 610  
 611  "Magazine (v. t.) To store in, or as in, a magazine; to store up for use."
 612  
 613  Magaziner (n.) One who edits or writes for a magazine.
 614  
 615  "Magazining (n.) The act of editing, or writing for, a magazine."
 616  
 617  Magazinist (n.) One who edits or writes for a magazine.
 618  
 619  Magbote (n.) See Maegbote.
 620  
 621  "Magdala (a.) Designating an orange-red dyestuff obtained from naphthylamine, and called magdala red, naphthalene red, etc."
 622  
 623  Magdalen (n.) A reformed prostitute.
 624  
 625  "Magdaleon (n.) A medicine in the form of a roll, a esp. a roll of plaster."
 626  
 627  Magdeburg (n.) A city of Saxony.
 628  
 629  Mage (n.) A magician.
 630  
 631  "Magellanic (a.) Of or pertaining to, or named from, Magellan, the navigator."
 632  
 633  "Magenta (n.) An aniline dye obtained as an amorphous substance having a green bronze surface color, which dissolves to a shade of red; also, the color; -- so called from Magenta, in Italy, in allusion to the battle fought there about the time the dye was discovered. Called also fuchsine, roseine, etc."
 634  
 635  "Magged (a.) Worn; fretted; as, a magged brace."
 636  
 637  "Maggiore (a.) Greater, in respect to scales, intervals, etc., when used in opposition to minor; major."
 638  
 639  Maggot (n.) The footless larva of any fly. See Larval.
 640  
 641  Maggot (n.) A whim; an odd fancy.
 642  
 643  Maggotiness (n.) State of being maggoty.
 644  
 645  Maggotish (a.) Full of whims or fancies; maggoty.
 646  
 647  Maggot-pie (n.) A magpie.
 648  
 649  Maggoty (a.) Infested with maggots.
 650  
 651  Maggoty (a.) Full of whims; capricious.
 652  
 653  Maghet (n.) A name for daisies and camomiles of several kinds.
 654  
 655  "Magi (n. pl.) A caste of priests, philosophers, and magicians, among the ancient Persians; hence, any holy men or sages of the East."
 656  
 657  Magian (a.) Of or pertaining to the Magi.
 658  
 659  "Magian (n.) One of the Magi, or priests of the Zoroastrian religion in Persia; an adherent of the Zoroastrian religion."
 660  
 661  "Magic (a.) A comprehensive name for all of the pretended arts which claim to produce effects by the assistance of supernatural beings, or departed spirits, or by a mastery of secret forces in nature attained by a study of occult science, including enchantment, conjuration, witchcraft, sorcery, necromancy, incantation, etc."
 662  
 663  Magic (a.) Alt. of Magical
 664  
 665  "Magical (a.) Pertaining to the hidden wisdom supposed to be possessed by the Magi; relating to the occult powers of nature, and the producing of effects by their agency."
 666  
 667  "Magical (a.) Performed by, or proceeding from, occult and superhuman agencies; done by, or seemingly done by, enchantment or sorcery. Hence: Seemingly requiring more than human power; imposing or startling in performance; producing effects which seem supernatural or very extraordinary; having extraordinary properties; as, a magic lantern; a magic square or circle."
 668  
 669  "Magically (adv.) In a magical manner; by magic, or as if by magic."
 670  
 671  Magician (n.) One skilled in magic; one who practices the black art; an enchanter; a necromancer; a sorcerer or sorceress; a conjurer.
 672  
 673  Magilp (n.) Alt. of Magilph
 674  
 675  Magilph (n.) See Megilp.
 676  
 677  "Magister (n.) Master; sir; -- a title of the Middle Ages, given to a person in authority, or to one having a license from a university to teach philosophy and the liberal arts."
 678  
 679  "Magisterial (a.) Of or pertaining to a master or magistrate, or one in authority; having the manner of a magister; official; commanding; authoritative. Hence: Overbearing; dictatorial; dogmatic."
 680  
 681  "Magisterial (a.) Pertaining to, produced by, or of the nature of, magistery. See Magistery, 2."
 682  
 683  Magisteriality (n.) Magisterialness; authoritativeness.
 684  
 685  Magisterially (adv.) In a magisterial manner.
 686  
 687  Magisterialness (n.) The quality or state of being magisterial.
 688  
 689  Magistery (n.) Mastery; powerful medical influence; renowned efficacy; a sovereign remedy.
 690  
 691  Magistery (n.) A magisterial injunction.
 692  
 693  "Magistery (n.) A precipitate; a fine substance deposited by precipitation; -- applied in old chemistry to certain white precipitates from metallic solutions; as, magistery of bismuth."
 694  
 695  Magistracies (pl. ) of Magistracy
 696  
 697  Magistracy (n.) The office or dignity of a magistrate.
 698  
 699  Magistracy (n.) The collective body of magistrates.
 700  
 701  Magistral (a.) Pertaining to a master; magisterial; authoritative; dogmatic.
 702  
 703  "Magistral (a.) Commanded or prescribed by a magister, esp. by a doctor; hence, effectual; sovereign; as, a magistral sirup."
 704  
 705  "Magistral (a.) Formulated extemporaneously, or for a special case; -- opposed to officinal, and said of prescriptions and medicines."
 706  
 707  Magistral (n.) A sovereign medicine or remedy.
 708  
 709  Magistral (n.) A magistral line.
 710  
 711  "Magistral (n.) Powdered copper pyrites used in the amalgamation of ores of silver, as at the Spanish mines of Mexico and South America."
 712  
 713  -ties (pl. ) of Magistrality
 714  
 715  Magistrality (n.) Magisterialness; arbitrary dogmatism.
 716  
 717  Magistrally (adv.) In a magistral manner.
 718  
 719  "Magistrate (n.) A person clothed with power as a public civil officer; a public civil officer invested with the executive government, or some branch of it."
 720  
 721  Magistratic (a.) Alt. of Magistratical
 722  
 723  "Magistratical (a.) Of, pertaining to, or proceeding from, a magistrate; having the authority of a magistrate."
 724  
 725  Magistrature (n.) Magistracy.
 726  
 727  Magma (n.) Any crude mixture of mineral or organic matters in the state of a thin paste.
 728  
 729  "Magma (n.) A thick residuum obtained from certain substances after the fluid parts are expressed from them; the grounds which remain after treating a substance with any menstruum, as water or alcohol."
 730  
 731  Magma (n.) A salve or confection of thick consistency.
 732  
 733  "Magma (n.) The molten matter within the earth, the source of the material of lava flows, dikes of eruptive rocks, etc."
 734  
 735  Magma (n.) The glassy base of an eruptive rock.
 736  
 737  "Magma (n.) The amorphous or homogenous matrix or ground mass, as distinguished from well-defined crystals; as, the magma of porphyry."
 738  
 739  "Magna Charta () The great Charter, so called, obtained by the English barons from King John, A. D. 1215. This name is also given to the charter granted to the people of England in the ninth year of Henry III., and confirmed by Edward I."
 740  
 741  "Magna Charta () Hence, a fundamental constitution which guaranties rights and privileges."
 742  
 743  Magnality (n.) A great act or event; a great attainment.
 744  
 745  "Magnanimity (n.) The quality of being magnanimous; greatness of mind; elevation or dignity of soul; that quality or combination of qualities, in character, which enables one to encounter danger and trouble with tranquility and firmness, to disdain injustice, meanness and revenge, and to act and sacrifice for noble objects."
 746  
 747  "Magnanimous (a.) Great of mind; elevated in soul or in sentiment; raised above what is low, mean, or ungenerous; of lofty and courageous spirit; as, a magnanimous character; a magnanimous conqueror."
 748  
 749  Magnanimous (a.) Dictated by or exhibiting nobleness of soul; honorable; noble; not selfish.
 750  
 751  Magnanimously (adv.) In a magnanimous manner; with greatness of mind.
 752  
 753  "Magnase black () A black pigment which dries rapidly when mixed with oil, and is of intense body."
 754  
 755  Magnate () A person of rank; a noble or grandee; a person of influence or distinction in any sphere.
 756  
 757  "Magnate () One of the nobility, or certain high officers of state belonging to the noble estate in the national representation of Hungary, and formerly of Poland."
 758  
 759  Magnes (n.) Magnet.
 760  
 761  "Magnesia (n.) A light earthy white substance, consisting of magnesium oxide, and obtained by heating magnesium hydrate or carbonate, or by burning magnesium. It has a slightly alkaline reaction, and is used in medicine as a mild antacid laxative. See Magnesium."
 762  
 763  "Magnesian (a.) Pertaining to, characterized by, or containing, magnesia or magnesium."
 764  
 765  "Magnesic (a.) Pertaining to, or containing, magnesium; as, magnesic oxide."
 766  
 767  "Magnesite (n.) Native magnesium carbonate occurring in white compact or granular masses, and also in rhombohedral crystals."
 768  
 769  "Magnesium (n.) A light silver-white metallic element, malleable and ductile, quite permanent in dry air but tarnishing in moist air. It burns, forming (the oxide) magnesia, with the production of a blinding light (the so-called magnesium light) which is used in signaling, in pyrotechny, or in photography where a strong actinic illuminant is required. Its compounds occur abundantly, as in dolomite, talc, meerschaum, etc. Symbol Mg. Atomic weight, 24.4. Specific gravity, 1.75."
 770  
 771  "Magnet (n.) The loadstone; a species of iron ore (the ferrosoferric or magnetic ore, Fe3O4) which has the property of attracting iron and some of its ores, and, when freely suspended, of pointing to the poles; -- called also natural magnet."
 772  
 773  "Magnet (n.) A bar or mass of steel or iron to which the peculiar properties of the loadstone have been imparted; -- called, in distinction from the loadstone, an artificial magnet."
 774  
 775  Magnetic (a.) Alt. of Magnetical
 776  
 777  "Magnetical (a.) Pertaining to the magnet; possessing the properties of the magnet, or corresponding properties; as, a magnetic bar of iron; a magnetic needle."
 778  
 779  "Magnetical (a.) Of or pertaining to, or characterized by, the earth's magnetism; as, the magnetic north; the magnetic meridian."
 780  
 781  "Magnetical (a.) Capable of becoming a magnet; susceptible to magnetism; as, the magnetic metals."
 782  
 783  Magnetical (a.) Endowed with extraordinary personal power to excite the feelings and to win the affections; attractive; inducing attachment.
 784  
 785  "Magnetical (a.) Having, susceptible to, or induced by, animal magnetism, so called; as, a magnetic sleep. See Magnetism."
 786  
 787  Magnetic (n.) A magnet.
 788  
 789  "Magnetic (n.) Any metal, as iron, nickel, cobalt, etc., which may receive, by any means, the properties of the loadstone, and which then, when suspended, fixes itself in the direction of a magnetic meridian."
 790  
 791  "Magnetically (adv.) By or as by, magnetism."
 792  
 793  Magneticalness (n.) Quality of being magnetic.
 794  
 795  Magnetician (n.) One versed in the science of magnetism; a magnetist.
 796  
 797  Maneticness (n.) Magneticalness.
 798  
 799  Magnetics (n.) The science of magnetism.
 800  
 801  Magnetiferous (a.) Producing or conducting magnetism.
 802  
 803  "Magnetism (n.) The property, quality, or state, of being magnetic; the manifestation of the force in nature which is seen in a magnet."
 804  
 805  Magnetism (n.) The science which treats of magnetic phenomena.
 806  
 807  Magnetism (n.) Power of attraction; power to excite the feelings and to gain the affections.
 808  
 809  Magnetist (n.) One versed in magnetism.
 810  
 811  "Magnetite (n.) An oxide of iron (Fe3O4) occurring in isometric crystals, also massive, of a black color and metallic luster. It is readily attracted by a magnet and sometimes possesses polarity, being then called loadstone. It is an important iron ore. Called also magnetic iron."
 812  
 813  Magnetizable (a.) Capable of magnetized.
 814  
 815  "Magnetization (n.) The act of magnetizing, or the state of being magnetized."
 816  
 817  Magnetized (imp. & p. p.) of Magnetize
 818  
 819  Magnetizing (prep. & adv.) of Magnetize
 820  
 821  "Magnetize (v. t.) To communicate magnetic properties to; as, to magnetize a needle."
 822  
 823  "Magnetize (v. t.) To attract as a magnet attracts, or like a magnet; to move; to influence."
 824  
 825  Magnetize (v. t.) To bring under the influence of animal magnetism.
 826  
 827  Magnetizee (n.) A person subjected to the influence of animal magnetism.
 828  
 829  "Magnetizer (n.) One who, or that which, imparts magnetism."
 830  
 831  "Magneto- () A prefix meaning pertaining to, produced by, or in some way connected with, magnetism."
 832  
 833  Magneto-electric (a.) Alt. of Magneto-electrical
 834  
 835  "Magneto-electrical (a.) Pertaining to, or characterized by, electricity by the action of magnets; as, magneto-electric induction."
 836  
 837  Magneto-electricity (n.) Electricity evolved by the action of magnets.
 838  
 839  Magneto-electricity (n.) That branch of science which treats of the development of electricity by the action of magnets; -- the counterpart of electro-magnetism.
 840  
 841  "Magnetograph (n.) An automatic instrument for registering, by photography or otherwise, the states and variations of any of the terrestrial magnetic elements."
 842  
 843  "Magnetometer (n.) An instrument for measuring the intensity of magnetic forces; also, less frequently, an instrument for determining any of the terrestrial magnetic elements, as the dip and declination."
 844  
 845  "Magnetometric (a.) Pertaining to, or employed in, the measurement of magnetic forces; obtained by means of a magnetometer; as, magnetometric instruments; magnetometric measurements."
 846  
 847  "Magnetomotor (n.) A voltaic series of two or more large plates, producing a great quantity of electricity of low tension, and hence adapted to the exhibition of electro-magnetic phenomena."
 848  
 849  Magnetotherapy (n.) The treatment of disease by the application of magnets to the surface of the body.
 850  
 851  "Magnifiable (a.) Such as can be magnified, or extolled."
 852  
 853  Magnific (a.) Alt. of Magnifical
 854  
 855  Magnifical (a.) Grand; splendid; illustrious; magnificent.
 856  
 857  "Magnificat (n.) The song of the Virgin Mary, Luke i. 46; -- so called because it commences with this word in the Vulgate."
 858  
 859  Magnificate (v. t.) To magnify or extol.
 860  
 861  Magnification (n.) The act of magnifying; enlargement; exaggeration.
 862  
 863  Magnificence (n.) The act of doing what magnificent; the state or quality of being magnificent.
 864  
 865  "Magnificent (a.) Doing grand things; admirable in action; displaying great power or opulence, especially in building, way of living, and munificence."
 866  
 867  Magnificent (a.) Grand in appearance; exhibiting grandeur or splendor; splendid' pompous.
 868  
 869  Magnificently (adv.) In a Magnificent manner.
 870  
 871  Magnificoes (pl. ) of Magnifico
 872  
 873  Magnifico (n.) A grandee or nobleman of Venice; -- so called in courtesy.
 874  
 875  Magnifico (n.) A rector of a German university.
 876  
 877  "Magnifier (n.) One who, or that which, magnifies."
 878  
 879  Magnified (imp. & p. p.) of Magnify
 880  
 881  Magnifying (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Magnify
 882  
 883  "Magnify (v. t.) To make great, or greater; to increase the dimensions of; to amplify; to enlarge, either in fact or in appearance; as, the microscope magnifies the object by a thousand diameters."
 884  
 885  Magnify (v. t.) To increase the importance of; to augment the esteem or respect in which one is held.
 886  
 887  Magnify (v. t.) To praise highly; to land; to extol.
 888  
 889  "Magnify (v. t.) To exaggerate; as, to magnify a loss or a difficulty."
 890  
 891  "Magnify (v. i.) To have the power of causing objects to appear larger than they really are; to increase the apparent dimensions of objects; as, some lenses magnify but little."
 892  
 893  Magnify (v. i.) To have effect; to be of importance or significance.
 894  
 895  Magniloquence (n.) The quality of being magniloquent; pompous discourse; grandiloquence.
 896  
 897  Magniloquent (a.) Speaking pompously; using swelling discourse; bombastic; tumid in style; grandiloquent.
 898  
 899  Magniloquous (a.) Magniloquent.
 900  
 901  "Magnitude (n.) Extent of dimensions; size; -- applied to things that have length, breath, and thickness."
 902  
 903  "Magnitude (n.) That which has one or more of the three dimensions, length, breadth, and thickness."
 904  
 905  "Magnitude (n.) Anything of which greater or less can be predicated, as time, weight, force, and the like."
 906  
 907  Magnitude (n.) Greatness; grandeur.
 908  
 909  "Magnitude (n.) Greatness, in reference to influence or effect; importance; as, an affair of magnitude."
 910  
 911  "Magnolia (n.) A genus of American and Asiatic trees, with aromatic bark and large sweet-scented whitish or reddish flowers."
 912  
 913  "Magnoliaceous (a.) Pertaining to a natural order (Magnoliaceae) of trees of which the magnolia, the tulip tree, and the star anise are examples."
 914  
 915  Magnum (n.) A large wine bottle.
 916  
 917  Magnum (n.) A bone of the carpus at the base of the third metacarpal bone.
 918  
 919  Magot (n.) The Barbary ape.
 920  
 921  Magot-pie (n.) A magpie.
 922  
 923  "Magpie (n.) Any one of numerous species of the genus Pica and related genera, allied to the jays, but having a long graduated tail."
 924  
 925  "Maguari (n.) A South American stork (Euxenara maguari), having a forked tail."
 926  
 927  "Maguey (n.) The century plant, a species of Agave (A. Americana). See Agave."
 928  
 929  "Magyar (n.) One of the dominant people of Hungary, allied to the Finns; a Hungarian."
 930  
 931  Magyar (n.) The language of the Magyars.
 932  
 933  Maha (n.) A kind of baboon; the wanderoo.
 934  
 935  Mahabarata (n.) Alt. of Mahabharatam
 936  
 937  "Mahabharatam (n.) A celebrated epic poem of the Hindoos. It is of great length, and is chiefly devoted to the history of a civil war between two dynasties of ancient India."
 938  
 939  "Mahaled (n.) A cherry tree (Prunus Mahaleb) of Southern Europe. The wood is prized by cabinetmakers, the twigs are used for pipe stems, the flowers and leaves yield a perfume, and from the fruit a violet dye and a fermented liquor (like kirschwasser) are prepared."
 940  
 941  Maharajah (n.) A sovereign prince in India; -- a title given also to other persons of high rank.
 942  
 943  Maharif (n.) An African antelope (Hippotragus Bakeri). Its face is striped with black and white.
 944  
 945  "Maharmah (n.) A muslin wrapper for the head and the lower part of the face, worn by Turkish and Armenian women when they go abroad."
 946  
 947  "Mahdi (n.) Among Mohammedans, the last imam or leader of the faithful. The Sunni, the largest sect of the Mohammedans, believe that he is yet to appear."
 948  
 949  Mahl-stick (n.) See Maul-stick.
 950  
 951  "Mahoe (n.) A name given to several malvaceous trees (species of Hibiscus, Ochroma, etc.), and to their strong fibrous inner bark, which is used for strings and cordage."
 952  
 953  "Mahogany (n.) A large tree of the genus Swietenia (S. Mahogoni), found in tropical America."
 954  
 955  "Mahogany (n.) The wood of the Swietenia Mahogoni. It is of a reddish brown color, beautifully veined, very hard, and susceptible of a fine polish. It is used in the manufacture of furniture."
 956  
 957  Mahogany (n.) A table made of mahogany wood.
 958  
 959  "Maholi (n.) A South African lemur (Galago maholi), having very large ears."
 960  
 961  Mahomedan (n.) Alt. of Mahometan
 962  
 963  Mahometan (n.) See Mohammedan.
 964  
 965  Mahometanism (n.) See Mohammedanism.
 966  
 967  Mahometanized (imp. & p. p.) of Mahometanize
 968  
 969  Mahometanizing (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Mahometanize
 970  
 971  Mahometanize (v. t.) To convert to the religion of Mohammed; to Mohammedanize.
 972  
 973  Mahometism (n.) See Mohammedanism.
 974  
 975  Mahometist (n.) A Mohammedan.
 976  
 977  Mahometry (n.) Mohammedanism.
 978  
 979  Mahone (n.) A large Turkish ship.
 980  
 981  "Mahonia (n.) The Oregon grape, a species of barberry (Berberis Aquifolium), often cultivated for its hollylike foliage."
 982  
 983  "Mahon stock () An annual cruciferous plant with reddish purple or white flowers (Malcolmia maritima). It is called in England Virginia stock, but the plant comes from the Mediterranean."
 984  
 985  Mahoohoo (n.) The African white two-horned rhinoceros (Atelodus simus).
 986  
 987  Mahori (n.) One of the dark race inhabiting principally the islands of Eastern Polynesia. Also used adjectively.
 988  
 989  "Mahound (n.) A contemptuous name for Mohammed; hence, an evil spirit; a devil."
 990  
 991  Mahout (n.) The keeper and driver of an elephant.
 992  
 993  "Mahovo (n.) A device for saving power in stopping and starting a railroad car, by means of a heavy fly wheel."
 994  
 995  Mahrati (n.) The language of the Mahrattas; the language spoken in the Deccan and Concan.
 996  
 997  "Mahratta (n.) One of a numerous people inhabiting the southwestern part of India. Also, the language of the Mahrattas; Mahrati. It is closely allied to Sanskrit."
 998  
 999  Mahratta (a.) Of or pertaining to the Mahrattas.
1000  
1001  Mahumetan (n.) Alt. of Mahumetanism
1002  
1003  "Mahumetanism (n.) See Mohammedan, Mohammedanism."
1004  
1005  "Mahwa tree () An East Indian sapotaceous tree (Bassia latifolia, and also B. butyracea), whose timber is used for wagon wheels, and the flowers for food and in preparing an intoxicating drink. It is one of the butter trees. The oil, known as mahwa and yallah, is obtained from the kernels of the fruit."
1006  
1007  "Maia (n.) A genus of spider crabs, including the common European species (Maia squinado)."
1008  
1009  Maia (n.) A beautiful American bombycid moth (Eucronia maia).
1010  
1011  "Maian (n.) Any spider crab of the genus Maia, or family Maiadae."
1012  
1013  "Maid (n.) An unmarried woman; usually, a young unmarried woman; esp., a girl; a virgin; a maiden."
1014  
1015  Maid (n.) A man who has not had sexual intercourse.
1016  
1017  Maid (n.) A female servant.
1018  
1019  "Maid (n.) The female of a ray or skate, esp. of the gray skate (Raia batis), and of the thornback (R. clavata)."
1020  
1021  Maiden (n.) An unmarried woman; a girl or woman who has not experienced sexual intercourse; a virgin; a maid.
1022  
1023  Maiden (n.) A female servant.
1024  
1025  "Maiden (n.) An instrument resembling the guillotine, formerly used in Scotland for beheading criminals."
1026  
1027  Maiden (n.) A machine for washing linen.
1028  
1029  "Maiden (a.) Of or pertaining to a maiden, or to maidens; suitable to, or characteristic of, a virgin; as, maiden innocence."
1030  
1031  "Maiden (a.) Never having been married; not having had sexual intercourse; virgin; -- said usually of the woman, but sometimes of the man; as, a maiden aunt."
1032  
1033  Maiden (a.) Fresh; innocent; unpolluted; pure; hitherto unused.
1034  
1035  "Maiden (a.) Used of a fortress, signifying that it has never been captured, or violated."
1036  
1037  Maiden (v. t.) To act coyly like a maiden; -- with it as an indefinite object.
1038  
1039  "Maidenhair (n.) A fern of the genus Adiantum (A. pedatum), having very slender graceful stalks. It is common in the United States, and is sometimes used in medicine. The name is also applied to other species of the same genus, as to the Venus-hair."
1040  
1041  Maidenhead (n.) The state of being a maiden; maidenhood; virginity.
1042  
1043  Maidenhead (n.) The state of being unused or uncontaminated; freshness; purity.
1044  
1045  "Maidenhead (n.) The hymen, or virginal membrane."
1046  
1047  Maidenhood (n.) The state of being a maid or a virgin; virginity.
1048  
1049  Maidenhood (n.) Newness; freshness; uncontaminated state.
1050  
1051  Maidenlike (a.) Like a maiden; modest; coy.
1052  
1053  Maidenliness (n.) The quality of being maidenly; the behavior that becomes a maid; modesty; gentleness.
1054  
1055  "Maidenly (a.) Like a maid; suiting a maid; maiden-like; gentle, modest, reserved."
1056  
1057  Maidenly (adv.) In a maidenlike manner.
1058  
1059  Maidenship (n.) Maidenhood.
1060  
1061  Maidhood (n.) Maidenhood.
1062  
1063  "Maidmarian (n.) The lady of the May games; one of the characters in a morris dance; a May queen. Afterward, a grotesque character personated in sports and buffoonery by a man in woman's clothes."
1064  
1065  Maidmarian (n.) A kind of dance.
1066  
1067  "Maidpale (a.) Pale, like a sick girl."
1068  
1069  Maidservant (n.) A female servant.
1070  
1071  Maid's hair () The yellow bedstraw (Galium verum).
1072  
1073  Maieutic (a.) Alt. of Maieutical
1074  
1075  Maieutical (a.) Serving to assist childbirth.
1076  
1077  "Maieutical (a.) Fig. : Aiding, or tending to, the definition and interpretation of thoughts or language."
1078  
1079  "Maieutics (n.) The art of giving birth (i. e., clearness and conviction) to ideas, which are conceived as struggling for birth."
1080  
1081  Maiger (n.) The meagre.
1082  
1083  "Maigre (a.) Belonging to a fast day or fast; as, a maigre day."
1084  
1085  "Maihem (n.) See Maim, and Mayhem."
1086  
1087  "Maikel (n.) A South American carnivore of the genus Conepatus, allied to the skunk, but larger, and having a longer snout. The tail is not bushy."
1088  
1089  Maikong (n.) A South American wild dog (Canis cancrivorus); the crab-eating dog.
1090  
1091  Mail (n.) A spot.
1092  
1093  "Mail (n.) A small piece of money; especially, an English silver half-penny of the time of Henry V."
1094  
1095  Mail (n.) Rent; tribute.
1096  
1097  Mail (n.) A flexible fabric made of metal rings interlinked. It was used especially for defensive armor.
1098  
1099  "Mail (n.) Hence generally, armor, or any defensive covering."
1100  
1101  "Mail (n.) A contrivance of interlinked rings, for rubbing off the loose hemp on lines and white cordage."
1102  
1103  "Mail (n.) Any hard protective covering of an animal, as the scales and plates of reptiles, shell of a lobster, etc."
1104  
1105  Mail (v. t.) To arm with mail.
1106  
1107  Mail (v. t.) To pinion.
1108  
1109  Mail (n.) A bag; a wallet.
1110  
1111  "Mail (n.) The bag or bags with the letters, papers, papers, or other matter contained therein, conveyed under public authority from one post office to another; the whole system of appliances used by government in the conveyance and delivery of mail matter."
1112  
1113  "Mail (n.) That which comes in the mail; letters, etc., received through the post office."
1114  
1115  "Mail (n.) A trunk, box, or bag, in which clothing, etc., may be carried."
1116  
1117  Mailed (imp. & p. p.) of Mail
1118  
1119  Mailing (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Mail
1120  
1121  "Mail (v. t.) To deliver into the custody of the postoffice officials, or place in a government letter box, for transmission by mail; to post; as, to mail a letter."
1122  
1123  Mailable (a.) Admissible lawfully into the mail.
1124  
1125  Mailclad (a.) Protected by a coat of mail; clad in armor.
1126  
1127  "Mailed (a.) Protected by an external coat, or covering, of scales or plates."
1128  
1129  Mailed (a.) Spotted; speckled.
1130  
1131  Mailing (n.) A farm.
1132  
1133  Mail-shell (n.) A chiton.
1134  
1135  Maimed (imp. & p. p.) of Maim
1136  
1137  Maiming (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Maim
1138  
1139  "Maim (v. t.) To deprive of the use of a limb, so as to render a person on fighting less able either to defend himself or to annoy his adversary."
1140  
1141  Maim (v. t.) To mutilate; to cripple; to injure; to disable; to impair.
1142  
1143  "Maim (v.) The privation of the use of a limb or member of the body, by which one is rendered less able to defend himself or to annoy his adversary."
1144  
1145  Maim (v.) The privation of any necessary part; a crippling; mutilation; injury; deprivation of something essential. See Mayhem.
1146  
1147  Maimedly (adv.) In a maimed manner.
1148  
1149  Maimedness (n.) State of being maimed.
1150  
1151  Main (n.) A hand or match at dice.
1152  
1153  Main (n.) A stake played for at dice.
1154  
1155  "Main (n.) The largest throw in a match at dice; a throw at dice within given limits, as in the game of hazard."
1156  
1157  Main (n.) A match at cockfighting.
1158  
1159  Main (n.) A main-hamper.
1160  
1161  Main (v.) Strength; force; might; violent effort.
1162  
1163  Main (v.) The chief or principal part; the main or most important thing.
1164  
1165  "Main (v.) The great sea, as distinguished from an arm, bay, etc. ; the high sea; the ocean."
1166  
1167  "Main (v.) The continent, as distinguished from an island; the mainland."
1168  
1169  "Main (v.) principal duct or pipe, as distinguished from lesser ones; esp. (Engin.), a principal pipe leading to or from a reservoir; as, a fire main."
1170  
1171  Main (a.) Very or extremely strong.
1172  
1173  Main (a.) Vast; huge.
1174  
1175  Main (a.) Unqualified; absolute; entire; sheer.
1176  
1177  "Main (a.) Principal; chief; first in size, rank, importance, etc."
1178  
1179  Main (a.) Important; necessary.
1180  
1181  "Main (a.) Very; extremely; as, main heavy."
1182  
1183  Maine (n.) One of the New England States.
1184  
1185  "Main-gauche (n.) The dagger held in the left hand, while the rapier is held in the right; -- used to parry thrusts of the adversary's rapier."
1186  
1187  Main-hamper (n.) A hamper to be carried in the hand; a hand basket used in carrying grapes to the press.
1188  
1189  "Mainland (n.) The continent; the principal land; -- opposed to island, or peninsula."
1190  
1191  Mainly (adv.) Very strongly; mightily; to a great degree.
1192  
1193  Mainly (adv.) Principally; chiefly.
1194  
1195  Mainmast (n.) The principal mast in a ship or other vessel.
1196  
1197  Mainor (n.) A thing stolen found on the person of the thief.
1198  
1199  Mainpernable (a.) Capable of being admitted to give surety by mainpernors; able to be mainprised.
1200  
1201  "Mainpernor (n.) A surety, under the old writ of mainprise, for a prisoner's appearance in court at a day."
1202  
1203  Mainpin (n.) A kingbolt.
1204  
1205  "Mainprise (n.) A writ directed to the sheriff, commanding him to take sureties, called mainpernors, for the prisoner's appearance, and to let him go at large. This writ is now obsolete."
1206  
1207  Mainprise (n.) Deliverance of a prisoner on security for his appearance at a day.
1208  
1209  Mainprised (imp. & p. p.) of Mainprise
1210  
1211  Mainprising (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Mainprise
1212  
1213  "Mainprise (v. t.) To suffer to go at large, on his finding sureties, or mainpernors, for his appearance at a day; -- said of a prisoner."
1214  
1215  Mains (n.) The farm attached to a mansion house.
1216  
1217  Mainsail (n.) The principal sail in a ship or other vessel.
1218  
1219  Mainsheet (n.) One of the ropes by which the mainsail is hauled aft and trimmed.
1220  
1221  "Mainspring (n.) The principal or most important spring in a piece of mechanism, especially the moving spring of a watch or clock or the spring in a gunlock which impels the hammer. Hence: The chief or most powerful motive; the efficient cause of action."
1222  
1223  Mainstay (n.) The stay extending from the foot of the foremast to the maintop.
1224  
1225  Mainstay (n.) Main support; principal dependence.
1226  
1227  Mainswear (v. i.) To swear falsely.
1228  
1229  Maintained (imp. & p. p.) of Maintain
1230  
1231  Maintaining (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Maintain
1232  
1233  "Maintain (v. t.) To hold or keep in any particular state or condition; to support; to sustain; to uphold; to keep up; not to suffer to fail or decline; as, to maintain a certain degree of heat in a furnace; to maintain a fence or a railroad; to maintain the digestive process or powers of the stomach; to maintain the fertility of soil; to maintain present reputation."
1234  
1235  Maintain (v. t.) To keep possession of; to hold and defend; not to surrender or relinquish.
1236  
1237  Maintain (v. t.) To continue; not to suffer to cease or fail.
1238  
1239  Maintain (v. t.) To bear the expense of; to support; to keep up; to supply with what is needed.
1240  
1241  Maintain (v. t.) To affirm; to support or defend by argument.
1242  
1243  Maintainable (a.) That maybe maintained.
1244  
1245  Maintainer (n.) One who maintains.
1246  
1247  "Maintainor (n.) One who, not being interested, maintains a cause depending between others, by furnishing money, etc., to either party."
1248  
1249  Maintenance (n.) The act of maintaining; sustenance; support; defense; vindication.
1250  
1251  Maintenance (n.) That which maintains or supports; means of sustenance; supply of necessaries and conveniences.
1252  
1253  "Maintenance (n.) An officious or unlawful intermeddling in a cause depending between others, by assisting either party with money or means to carry it on. See Champerty."
1254  
1255  Maintop (n.) The platform about the head of the mainmast in square-rigged vessels.
1256  
1257  "Main yard () The yard on which the mainsail is extended, supported by the mainmast."
1258  
1259  "Maioid (a.) Of or pertaining to the genus Maia, or family Maiadeae."
1260  
1261  Maister (n.) Master.
1262  
1263  Maister (a.) Principal; chief.
1264  
1265  Maistre (n.) Alt. of Maistry
1266  
1267  Maistrie (n.) Alt. of Maistry
1268  
1269  Maistry (n.) Mastery; superiority; art. See Mastery.
1270  
1271  Maistress (n.) Mistress.
1272  
1273  Maithes (n.) Same as Maghet.
1274  
1275  "Maize (n.) A large species of American grass of the genus Zea (Z. Mays), widely cultivated as a forage and food plant; Indian corn. Also, its seed, growing on cobs, and used as food for men animals."
1276  
1277  Majestatic (a.) Alt. of Majestatal
1278  
1279  Majestatal (a.) Majestic.
1280  
1281  "Majestic (a.) Possessing or exhibiting majesty; of august dignity, stateliness, or imposing grandeur; lofty; noble; grand."
1282  
1283  Majestical (a.) Majestic.
1284  
1285  Majesticness (n.) The quality or state of being majestic.
1286  
1287  Majesties (pl. ) of Majesty
1288  
1289  "Majesty (n.) The dignity and authority of sovereign power; quality or state which inspires awe or reverence; grandeur; exalted dignity, whether proceeding from rank, character, or bearing; imposing loftiness; stateliness; -- usually applied to the rank and dignity of sovereigns."
1290  
1291  "Majesty (n.) Hence, used with the possessive pronoun, the title of an emperor, king or queen; -- in this sense taking a plural; as, their majesties attended the concert."
1292  
1293  Majesty (n.) Dignity; elevation of manner or style.
1294  
1295  "Majolica (n.) A kind of pottery, with opaque glazing and showy, which reached its greatest perfection in Italy in the 16th century."
1296  
1297  "Major (a.) Greater in number, quantity, or extent; as, the major part of the assembly; the major part of the revenue; the major part of the territory."
1298  
1299  Major (a.) Of greater dignity; more important.
1300  
1301  Major (a.) Of full legal age.
1302  
1303  "Major (a.) Greater by a semitone, either in interval or in difference of pitch from another tone."
1304  
1305  Major (a.) An officer next in rank above a captain and next below a lieutenant colonel; the lowest field officer.
1306  
1307  Major (a.) A person of full age.
1308  
1309  "Major (a.) That premise which contains the major term. It its the first proposition of a regular syllogism; as: No unholy person is qualified for happiness in heaven [the major]. Every man in his natural state is unholy [minor]. Therefore, no man in his natural state is qualified for happiness in heaven [conclusion or inference]."
1310  
1311  Major (a.) A mayor.
1312  
1313  Majorat (a.) The right of succession to property according to age; -- so termed in some of the countries of continental Europe.
1314  
1315  "Majorat (a.) Property, landed or funded, so attached to a title of honor as to descend with it."
1316  
1317  Majorate (n.) The office or rank of a major.
1318  
1319  Majorate (a.) To augment; to increase.
1320  
1321  Majoration (n.) Increase; enlargement.
1322  
1323  Majorcan (a.) Of or pertaining to Majorca.
1324  
1325  Majorcan (n.) A native or inhabitant of Majorca.
1326  
1327  "Major-domo (n.) A man who has authority to act, within certain limits, as master of the house; a steward; also, a chief minister or officer."
1328  
1329  "Major general () An officer of the army holding a rank next above that of brigadier general and next below that of lieutenant general, and who usually commands a division or a corps."
1330  
1331  Majorities (pl. ) of Majority
1332  
1333  Majority (n.) The quality or condition of being major or greater; superiority.
1334  
1335  Majority (n.) The military rank of a major.
1336  
1337  "Majority (n.) The condition of being of full age, or authorized by law to manage one's own affairs."
1338  
1339  "Majority (n.) The greater number; more than half; as, a majority of mankind; a majority of the votes cast."
1340  
1341  Majority (n.) Ancestors; ancestry.
1342  
1343  "Majority (n.) The amount or number by which one aggregate exceeds all other aggregates with which it is contrasted; especially, the number by which the votes for a successful candidate exceed those for all other candidates; as, he is elected by a majority of five hundred votes. See Plurality."
1344  
1345  Majorship (n.) The office of major.
1346  
1347  Majoun (n.) See Madjoun.
1348  
1349  "Majusculae (n. pl.) Capital letters, as found in manuscripts of the sixth century and earlier."
1350  
1351  "Majuscule (n.) A capital letter; especially, one used in ancient manuscripts. See Majusculae."
1352  
1353  Makable (a.) Capable of being made.
1354  
1355  "Makaron (n.) See Macaroon, 2."
1356  
1357  "Make (n.) A companion; a mate; often, a husband or a wife."
1358  
1359  Made (imp. & p. p.) of Make
1360  
1361  Making (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Make
1362  
1363  Make (v. t.) To cause to exist; to bring into being; to form; to produce; to frame; to fashion; to create.
1364  
1365  Make (v. t.) To form of materials; to cause to exist in a certain form; to construct; to fabricate.
1366  
1367  "Make (v. t.) To produce, as something artificial, unnatural, or false; -- often with up; as, to make up a story."
1368  
1369  "Make (v. t.) To bring about; to bring forward; to be the cause or agent of; to effect, do, perform, or execute; -- often used with a noun to form a phrase equivalent to the simple verb that corresponds to such noun; as, to make complaint, for to complain; to make record of, for to record; to make abode, for to abide, etc."
1370  
1371  "Make (v. t.) To execute with the requisite formalities; as, to make a bill, note, will, deed, etc."
1372  
1373  "Make (v. t.) To gain, as the result of one's efforts; to get, as profit; to make acquisition of; to have accrue or happen to one; as, to make a large profit; to make an error; to make a loss; to make money."
1374  
1375  "Make (v. t.) To find, as the result of calculation or computation; to ascertain by enumeration; to find the number or amount of, by reckoning, weighing, measurement, and the like; as, he made the distance of; to travel over; as, the ship makes ten knots an hour; he made the distance in one day."
1376  
1377  Make (v. t.) To put a desired or desirable condition; to cause to thrive.
1378  
1379  "Make (v. t.) To cause to be or become; to put into a given state verb, or adjective; to constitute; as, to make known; to make public; to make fast."
1380  
1381  "Make (v. t.) To cause to appear to be; to constitute subjectively; to esteem, suppose, or represent."
1382  
1383  Make (v. t.) To require; to constrain; to compel; to force; to cause; to occasion; -- followed by a noun or pronoun and infinitive.
1384  
1385  "Make (v. t.) To become; to be, or to be capable of being, changed or fashioned into; to do the part or office of; to furnish the material for; as, he will make a good musician; sweet cider makes sour vinegar; wool makes warm clothing."
1386  
1387  "Make (v. t.) To compose, as parts, ingredients, or materials; to constitute; to form; to amount to."
1388  
1389  Make (v. t.) To be engaged or concerned in.
1390  
1391  Make (v. t.) To reach; to attain; to arrive at or in sight of.
1392  
1393  Make (v. i.) To act in a certain manner; to have to do; to manage; to interfere; to be active; -- often in the phrase to meddle or make.
1394  
1395  "Make (v. i.) To proceed; to tend; to move; to go; as, he made toward home; the tiger made at the sportsmen."
1396  
1397  "Make (v. i.) To tend; to contribute; to have effect; -- with for or against; as, it makes for his advantage."
1398  
1399  Make (v. i.) To increase; to augment; to accrue.
1400  
1401  Make (v. i.) To compose verses; to write poetry; to versify.
1402  
1403  "Make (n.) Structure, texture, constitution of parts; construction; shape; form."
1404  
1405  Makebate (n.) One who excites contentions and quarrels.
1406  
1407  Make-belief (n.) A feigning to believe; make believe.
1408  
1409  "Make-believe (n.) A feigning to believe, as in the play of children; a mere pretense; a fiction; an invention."
1410  
1411  Make-believe (a.) Feigned; insincere.
1412  
1413  Maked (p. p.) Made.
1414  
1415  Make-game (n.) An object of ridicule; a butt.
1416  
1417  Makeless (a.) Matchless.
1418  
1419  Makeless (a.) Without a mate.
1420  
1421  Make-peace (n.) A peacemaker.
1422  
1423  "Maker (n.) One who makes, forms, or molds; a manufacturer; specifically, the Creator."
1424  
1425  Maker (n.) The person who makes a promissory note.
1426  
1427  Maker (n.) One who writes verses; a poet.
1428  
1429  Makeshift (n.) That with which one makes shift; a temporary expedient.
1430  
1431  "Make-up (n.) The way in which the parts of anything are put together; often, the way in which an actor is dressed, painted, etc., in personating a character."
1432  
1433  Makeweight (n.) That which is thrown into a scale to make weight; something of little account added to supply a deficiency or fill a gap.
1434  
1435  Maki (n.) A lemur. See Lemur.
1436  
1437  "Making (n.) The act of one who makes; workmanship; fabrication; construction; as, this is cloth of your own making; the making of peace or war was in his power."
1438  
1439  "Making (n.) Composition, or structure."
1440  
1441  Making (n.) a poem.
1442  
1443  "Making (n.) That which establishes or places in a desirable state or condition; the material of which something may be made; as, early misfortune was the making of him."
1444  
1445  Making (n.) External appearance; from.
1446  
1447  "Making-iron (n.) A tool somewhat like a chisel with a groove in it, used by calkers of ships to finish the seams after the oakum has been driven in."
1448  
1449  "Making-up (n.) The act of bringing spirits to a certain degree of strength, called proof."
1450  
1451  Making-up (n.) The act of becoming reconciled or friendly.
1452  
1453  "Mal- () A prefix in composition denoting ill,or evil, F. male, adv., fr. malus, bad, ill. In some words it has the form male-, as in malediction, malevolent. See Malice."
1454  
1455  Mala (n.) Evils; wrongs; offenses against right and law.
1456  
1457  "Malabar (n.) A region in the western part of the Peninsula of India, between the mountains and the sea."
1458  
1459  Malacatune (n.) See Melocoton.
1460  
1461  Malacca (n.) A town and district upon the seacoast of the Malay Peninsula.
1462  
1463  "Malachite (n.) Native hydrous carbonate of copper, usually occurring in green mammillary masses with concentric fibrous structure."
1464  
1465  Malacissant (a.) Softening; relaxing.
1466  
1467  Malacissation (n.) The act of making soft or supple.
1468  
1469  "Malacobdella (n.) A genus of nemertean worms, parasitic in the gill cavity of clams and other bivalves. They have a large posterior sucker, like that of a leech. See Illust. of Bdellomorpha."
1470  
1471  "Malacoderm (n.) One of a tribe of beetles (Malacodermata), with a soft and flexible body, as the fireflies."
1472  
1473  Malacolite (n.) A variety of pyroxene.
1474  
1475  Malacologist (n.) One versed in the science of malacology.
1476  
1477  Malacology (n.) The science which relates to the structure and habits of mollusks.
1478  
1479  "Malacopoda (n. pl.) A class of air-breathing Arthropoda; -- called also Protracheata, and Onychophora."
1480  
1481  Malacopterygian (n.) One of the Malacopterygii.
1482  
1483  "Malacopterygii (n. pl.) An order of fishes in which the fin rays, except the anterior ray of the pectoral and dorsal fins, are closely jointed, and not spiny. It includes the carp, pike, salmon, shad, etc. Called also Malacopteri."
1484  
1485  Malacopterygious (a.) Belonging to the Malacopterygii.
1486  
1487  "Malacosteon (n.) A peculiar disease of the bones, in consequence of which they become softened and capable of being bent without breaking."
1488  
1489  "Malacostomous (a.) Having soft jaws without teeth, as certain fishes."
1490  
1491  "Malacostraca (n. pl.) A subclass of Crustacea, including Arthrostraca and Thoracostraca, or all those higher than the Entomostraca."
1492  
1493  Malacostracan (n.) One of the Malacostraca.
1494  
1495  Malacostracology (n.) That branch of zoological science which relates to the crustaceans; -- called also carcinology.
1496  
1497  Malacostracous (a.) Belonging to the Malacostraca.
1498  
1499  Malacotoon (n.) See Melocoton.
1500  
1501  "Malacozoa (n. pl.) An extensive group of Invertebrata, including the Mollusca, Brachiopoda, and Bryozoa. Called also Malacozoaria."
1502  
1503  Malacozoic (a.) Of or pertaining to the Malacozoa.
1504  
1505  "Maladdress (n.) Bad address; an awkward, tactless, or offensive way of accosting one or talking with one."
1506  
1507  Maladjustment (n.) A bad adjustment.
1508  
1509  "Maladministration (n.) Bad administration; bad management of any business, especially of public affairs."
1510  
1511  Maladroit (a.) Of a quality opposed to adroitness; clumsy; awkward; unskillful.
1512  
1513  Maladies (pl. ) of Malady
1514  
1515  "Malady (n.) Any disease of the human body; a distemper, disorder, or indisposition, proceeding from impaired, defective, or morbid organic functions; especially, a lingering or deep-seated disorder."
1516  
1517  Malady (n.) A moral or mental defect or disorder.
1518  
1519  "Malaga (n.) A city and a province of Spain, on the Mediterranean. Hence, Malaga grapes, Malaga raisins, Malaga wines."
1520  
1521  Malagash (n.) Same as Malagasy.
1522  
1523  "Malagasy (n. sing. & pl.) A native or natives of Madagascar; also (sing.), the language."
1524  
1525  "Malaise (n.) An indefinite feeling of uneasiness, or of being sick or ill at ease."
1526  
1527  Malamate (n.) A salt of malamic acid.
1528  
1529  "Malambo (n.) A yellowish aromatic bark, used in medicine and perfumery, said to be from the South American shrub Croton Malambo."
1530  
1531  Malamethane (n.) A white crystalline substance forming the ethyl salt of malamic acid.
1532  
1533  "Malamic (a.) Of or pertaining an acid intermediate between malic acid and malamide, and known only by its salts."
1534  
1535  "Malamide (n.) The acid amide derived from malic acid, as a white crystalline substance metameric with asparagine."
1536  
1537  Malanders (n. pl.) A scurfy eruption in the bend of the knee of the fore leg of a horse. See Sallenders.
1538  
1539  Malapert (a.) Bold; forward; impudent; saucy; pert.
1540  
1541  Malapert (n.) A malapert person.
1542  
1543  Malapropism (n.) A grotesque misuse of a word; a word so used.
1544  
1545  Malapropos (a. & adv.) Unseasonable or unseasonably; unsuitable or unsuitably.
1546  
1547  "Malapterurus (n.) A genus of African siluroid fishes, including the electric catfishes. See Electric cat, under Electric."
1548  
1549  "Malar (a.) Of or pertaining to the region of the cheek bone, or to the malar bone; jugal."
1550  
1551  "Malar (n.) The cheek bone, which forms a part of the lower edge of the orbit."
1552  
1553  "Malaria (n.) Air infected with some noxious substance capable of engendering disease; esp., an unhealthy exhalation from certain soils, as marshy or wet lands, producing fevers; miasma."
1554  
1555  "Malaria (n.) A morbid condition produced by exhalations from decaying vegetable matter in contact with moisture, giving rise to fever and ague and many other symptoms characterized by their tendency to recur at definite and usually uniform intervals."
1556  
1557  Malarial (a.) Alt. of Malarious
1558  
1559  Malarian (a.) Alt. of Malarious
1560  
1561  "Malarious (a.) Of or pertaining, to or infected by, malaria."
1562  
1563  Malashaganay (n.) The fresh-water drumfish (Haploidonotus grunniens).
1564  
1565  Malassimilation (n.) Imperfect digestion of the several leading constituents of the food.
1566  
1567  Malassimilation (n.) An imperfect elaboration by the tissues of the materials brought to them by the blood.
1568  
1569  Malate (n.) A salt of malic acid.
1570  
1571  Malax (v. t.) Alt. of Malaxate
1572  
1573  Malaxate (v. t.) To soften by kneading or stirring with some thinner substance.
1574  
1575  Malaxation (n.) The act of softening by mixing with a thinner substance; the formation of ingredients into a mass for pills or plasters.
1576  
1577  "Malaxator (n.) One who, or that which, malaxates; esp., a machine for grinding, kneading, or stirring into a pasty or doughy mass."
1578  
1579  Malay (n.) One of a race of a brown or copper complexion in the Malay Peninsula and the western islands of the Indian Archipelago.
1580  
1581  Malay (a.) Alt. of Malayan
1582  
1583  Malayan (a.) Of or pertaining to the Malays or their country.
1584  
1585  Malayan (n.) The Malay language.
1586  
1587  "Malayalam (n.) The name given to one the cultivated Dravidian languages, closely related to the Tamil."
1588  
1589  Malbrouck (n.) A West African arboreal monkey (Cercopithecus cynosurus).
1590  
1591  "Malconformation (n.) Imperfect, disproportionate, or abnormal formation; ill form; disproportion of parts."
1592  
1593  "Malcontent (a.) discontented; uneasy; dissatisfied; especially, dissatisfied with the government."
1594  
1595  "Malcontent (n.) One who discontented; especially, a discontented subject of a government; one who express his discontent by words or overt acts."
1596  
1597  Malcontented (a.) Malcontent.
1598  
1599  "Maldanian (n.) Any species of marine annelids of the genus Maldane, or family Maldanidae. They have a slender, round body, and make tubes in the sand or mud."
1600  
1601  Male- () See Mal-.
1602  
1603  Male (a.) Evil; wicked; bad.
1604  
1605  "Male (n.) Same as Mail, a bag."
1606  
1607  "Male (v. t.) Of or pertaining to the sex that begets or procreates young, or (in a wider sense) to the sex that produces spermatozoa, by which the ova are fertilized; not female; as, male organs."
1608  
1609  "Male (v. t.) Capable of producing fertilization, but not of bearing fruit; -- said of stamens and antheridia, and of the plants, or parts of plants, which bear them."
1610  
1611  "Male (v. t.) Suitable to the male sex; characteristic or suggestive of a male; masculine; as, male courage."
1612  
1613  "Male (v. t.) Consisting of males; as, a male choir."
1614  
1615  "Male (v. t.) Adapted for entering another corresponding piece (the female piece) which is hollow and which it fits; as, a male gauge, for gauging the size or shape of a hole; a male screw, etc."
1616  
1617  Male (n.) An animal of the male sex.
1618  
1619  Male (n.) A plant bearing only staminate flowers.
1620  
1621  Naleadministration (n.) Maladministration.
1622  
1623  Maleate (n.) A salt of maleic acid.
1624  
1625  "Malebranchism (n.) The philosophical system of Malebranche, an eminent French metaphysician. The fundamental doctrine of his system is that the mind can not have knowledge of anything external to itself except in its relation to God."
1626  
1627  Maleconformation (n.) Malconformation.
1628  
1629  Malecontent (a.) Malcontent.
1630  
1631  Maledicency (n.) Evil speaking.
1632  
1633  Maledicent (a.) Speaking reproachfully; slanderous.
1634  
1635  Maledict (a.) Accursed; abominable.
1636  
1637  Malediction (n.) A proclaiming of evil against some one; a cursing; imprecation; a curse or execration; -- opposed to benediction.
1638  
1639  Malefaction (n.) A crime; an offense; an evil deed.
1640  
1641  Malefactor (n.) An evil doer; one who commits a crime; one subject to public prosecution and punishment; a criminal.
1642  
1643  "Malefactor (n.) One who does wrong by injuring another, although not a criminal."
1644  
1645  Malefactress (n.) A female malefactor.
1646  
1647  Malefeasance (n.) See Malfeasance.
1648  
1649  Malefic (a.) Doing mischief; causing harm or evil; nefarious; hurtful.
1650  
1651  Malefice (n.) An evil deed; artifice; enchantment.
1652  
1653  "Maleficence (n.) Evil doing, esp. to others."
1654  
1655  Maleficent (a.) Doing evil to others; harmful; mischievous.
1656  
1657  Maleficial (a.) Injurious.
1658  
1659  Maleficiate (v. t.) To bewitch; to harm.
1660  
1661  Maleficiation (n.) A bewitching.
1662  
1663  "Maleficience (n.) The doing of evil, harm, or mischief."
1664  
1665  "Maleficient (a.) Doing evil, harm, or mischief."
1666  
1667  Maleformation (n.) See Malformation.
1668  
1669  "Maleic (a.) Pertaining to, or designating, an acid of the ethylene series, metameric with fumaric acid and obtained by heating malic acid."
1670  
1671  Malengine (n.) Evil machination; guile; deceit.
1672  
1673  "Maleo (n.) A bird of Celebes (megacephalon maleo), allied to the brush turkey. It makes mounds in which to lay its eggs."
1674  
1675  Male-odor (n.) See Malodor.
1676  
1677  Malepractice (n.) See Malpractice.
1678  
1679  Male-spirited (a.) Having the spirit of a male; vigorous; courageous.
1680  
1681  Malet (n.) A little bag or budget.
1682  
1683  Maletreat (v. t.) See Maltreat.
1684  
1685  Malevolence (n.) The quality or state of being malevolent; evil disposition toward another; inclination to injure others; ill will. See Synonym of Malice.
1686  
1687  Malevolent (a.) Wishing evil; disposed to injure others; rejoicing in another's misfortune.
1688  
1689  Malevolently (adv.) In a malevolent manner.
1690  
1691  Malevolous (a.) Malevolent.
1692  
1693  Malexecution (n.) Bad execution.
1694  
1695  Maleyl (n.) A hypothetical radical derived from maleic acid.
1696  
1697  Malfeasance (n.) The doing of an act which a person ought not to do; evil conduct; an illegal deed.
1698  
1699  Malformation (n.) Ill formation; irregular or anomalous formation; abnormal or wrong conformation or structure.
1700  
1701  Malgracious (a.) Not graceful; displeasing.
1702  
1703  Malgre (prep.) See Mauger.
1704  
1705  "Malic (a.) Pertaining to, or obtained from, apples; as, malic acid."
1706  
1707  Malice (n.) Enmity of heart; malevolence; ill will; a spirit delighting in harm or misfortune to another; a disposition to injure another; a malignant design of evil.
1708  
1709  "Malice (n.) Any wicked or mischievous intention of the mind; a depraved inclination to mischief; an intention to vex, annoy, or injure another person, or to do a wrongful act without just cause or cause or excuse; a wanton disregard of the rights or safety of others; willfulness."
1710  
1711  Malice (v. t.) To regard with extreme ill will.
1712  
1713  Malicho (n.) Mischief.
1714  
1715  Malicious (a.) Indulging or exercising malice; harboring ill will or enmity.
1716  
1717  "Malicious (a.) Proceeding from hatred or ill will; dictated by malice; as, a malicious report; malicious mischief."
1718  
1719  "Malicious (a.) With wicked or mischievous intentions or motives; wrongful and done intentionally without just cause or excuse; as, a malicious act."
1720  
1721  Malign (a.) Having an evil disposition toward others; harboring violent enmity; malevolent; malicious; spiteful; -- opposed to benign.
1722  
1723  "Malign (a.) Unfavorable; unpropitious; pernicious; tending to injure; as, a malign aspect of planets."
1724  
1725  "Malign (a.) Malignant; as, a malign ulcer."
1726  
1727  Maligned (imp. & p. p.) of Malign
1728  
1729  Maligning (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Malign
1730  
1731  Malign (a.) To treat with malice; to show hatred toward; to abuse; to wrong; to injure.
1732  
1733  Malign (a.) To speak great evil of; to traduce; to defame; to slander; to vilify; to asperse.
1734  
1735  Malign (v. i.) To entertain malice.
1736  
1737  Malignance (n.) Alt. of Malignancy
1738  
1739  "Malignancy (n.) The state or quality of being malignant; extreme malevolence; bitter enmity; malice; as, malignancy of heart."
1740  
1741  Malignancy (n.) Unfavorableness; evil nature.
1742  
1743  "Malignancy (n.) Virulence; tendency to a fatal issue; as, the malignancy of an ulcer or of a fever."
1744  
1745  Malignancy (n.) The state of being a malignant.
1746  
1747  "Malignant (a.) Disposed to do harm, inflict suffering, or cause distress; actuated by extreme malevolence or enmity; virulently inimical; bent on evil; malicious."
1748  
1749  Malignant (a.) Characterized or caused by evil intentions; pernicious.
1750  
1751  "Malignant (a.) Tending to produce death; threatening a fatal issue; virulent; as, malignant diphtheria."
1752  
1753  Malignant (n.) A man of extrems enmity or evil intentions.
1754  
1755  Malignant (n.) One of the adherents of Charles L. or Charles LL.; -- so called by the opposite party.
1756  
1757  Malignantly (adv.) In a malignant manner.
1758  
1759  Maligner (n.) One who maligns.
1760  
1761  Malignified (imp. & p. p.) of Malignify
1762  
1763  Malignifying (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Malignify
1764  
1765  Malignify (v. t.) To make malign or malignant.
1766  
1767  Malignity (n.) The state or quality of being malignant; disposition to do evil; virulent enmity; malignancy; malice; spite.
1768  
1769  Malignity (n.) Virulence; deadly quality.
1770  
1771  "Malignity (n.) Extreme evilness of nature or influence; perniciousness; heinousness; as, the malignity of fraud."
1772  
1773  Malignly (adv.) In a malign manner; with malignity.
1774  
1775  MAlingered (imp. & p. p.) of Malinger
1776  
1777  Malingering (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Malinger
1778  
1779  Malinger (v. i.) To act the part of a malingerer; to feign illness or inability.
1780  
1781  "Malingerer (n.) In the army, a soldier who feigns himself sick, or who induces or protracts an illness, in order to avoid doing his duty; hence, in general, one who shirks his duty by pretending illness or inability."
1782  
1783  Malingery (n.) The spirit or practices of a malingerer; malingering.
1784  
1785  Malison (n.) Malediction; curse; execration.
1786  
1787  "Malkin (n.) Originally, a kitchenmaid; a slattern."
1788  
1789  "Malkin (n.) A mop made of clouts, used by the kitchen servant."
1790  
1791  Malkin (n.) A scarecrow.
1792  
1793  Malkin (n.) A mop or sponge attached to a jointed staff for swabbing out a cannon.
1794  
1795  Mall (n.) A large heavy wooden beetle; a mallet for driving anything with force; a maul.
1796  
1797  Mall (n.) A heavy blow.
1798  
1799  Mall (n.) An old game played with malls or mallets and balls. See Pall-mall.
1800  
1801  Mall (n.) A place where the game of mall was played. Hence: A public walk; a level shaded walk.
1802  
1803  Malled (imp. & p. p.) of Mall
1804  
1805  Malling (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Mall
1806  
1807  Mall (v. t.) To beat with a mall; to beat with something heavy; to bruise; to maul.
1808  
1809  "Mall (n.) Formerly, among Teutonic nations, a meeting of the notables of a state for the transaction of public business, such meeting being a modification of the ancient popular assembly."
1810  
1811  Mall (n.) A court of justice.
1812  
1813  Mall (n.) A place where justice is administered.
1814  
1815  Mall (n.) A place where public meetings are held.
1816  
1817  Mallard (a.) A drake; the male of Anas boschas.
1818  
1819  Mallard (a.) A large wild duck (Anas boschas) inhabiting both America and Europe. The domestic duck has descended from this species. Called also greenhead.
1820  
1821  Malleability (n.) The quality or state of being malleable; -- opposed to friability and brittleness.
1822  
1823  "Malleable (a.) Capable of being extended or shaped by beating with a hammer, or by the pressure of rollers; -- applied to metals."
1824  
1825  Malleableize (v. t.) To make malleable.
1826  
1827  Malleableness (n.) Quality of being malleable.
1828  
1829  Malleal (a.) Pertaining to the malleus.
1830  
1831  Malleated (imp. & p. p.) of Malleate
1832  
1833  Malleating (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Malleate
1834  
1835  Malleate (v. t.) To hammer; to beat into a plate or leaf.
1836  
1837  "Malleation (n.) The act or process of beating into a plate, sheet, or leaf, as a metal; extension by beating."
1838  
1839  Mallecho (n.) Same as Malicho.
1840  
1841  Mallee bird () The leipoa. See Leipoa.
1842  
1843  Mallemock (n.) Alt. of Mallemoke
1844  
1845  Mallemoke (n.) See Mollemoke.
1846  
1847  Mallenders (n. pl.) Same as Malanders.
1848  
1849  Malleolar (a.) Of or pertaining to the malleolus; in the region of the malleoli of the ankle joint.
1850  
1851  Malleoli (pl. ) of Malleolus
1852  
1853  "Malleolus (n.) A projection at the distal end of each bone of the leg at the ankle joint. The malleolus of the tibia is the internal projection, that of the fibula the external."
1854  
1855  "Malleolus (n.) "" A layer, "" a shoot partly buried in the ground, and there cut halfway through."
1856  
1857  "Mallet (n.) A small maul with a short handle, -- used esp. for driving a tool, as a chisel or the like; also, a light beetle with a long handle, -- used in playing croquet."
1858  
1859  Mallei (pl. ) of Malleus
1860  
1861  "Malleus (n.) The outermost of the three small auditory bones, ossicles; the hammer. It is attached to the tympanic membrane by a long process, the handle or manubrium. See Illust. of Far."
1862  
1863  Malleus (n.) One of the hard lateral pieces of the mastax of Rotifera. See Mastax.
1864  
1865  Malleus (n.) A genus of bivalve shells; the hammer shell.
1866  
1867  "Mallophaga (n. pl.) An extensive group of insects which are parasitic on birds and mammals, and feed on the feathers and hair; -- called also bird lice. See Bird louse, under Bird."
1868  
1869  "Mallotus (n.) A genus of small Arctic fishes. One American species, the capelin (Mallotus villosus), is extensively used as bait for cod."
1870  
1871  Mallow (n.) Alt. of Mallows
1872  
1873  Mallows (n.) A genus of plants (Malva) having mucilaginous qualities. See Malvaceous.
1874  
1875  Mallowwort (n.) Any plant of the order Malvaceae.
1876  
1877  Malm (n.) Alt. of Malmbrick
1878  
1879  "Malmbrick (n.) A kind of brick of a light brown or yellowish color, made of sand, clay, and chalk."
1880  
1881  "Malma (n.) A spotted trout (Salvelinus malma), inhabiting Northern America, west of the Rocky Mountains; -- called also Dolly Varden trout, bull trout, red-spotted trout, and golet."
1882  
1883  "Malmag (n.) The tarsius, or spectral lemur."
1884  
1885  "Malmsey (n.) A kind of sweet wine from Crete, the Canary Islands, etc."
1886  
1887  Malnutrition (n.) Faulty or imperfect nutrition.
1888  
1889  Malobservation (n.) Erroneous observation.
1890  
1891  Malodor (n.) An Offensive to the sense of smell; ill-smelling.
1892  
1893  Malonate (a.) At salt of malonic acid.
1894  
1895  "Malonic (a.) Pertaining to, or designating, an acid produced artifically as a white crystalline substance, CH2.(CO2H)2, and so called because obtained by the oxidation of malic acid."
1896  
1897  "Malonyl (n.) A hydrocarbon radical, CH2.(CO)2, from malonic acid."
1898  
1899  Malpighia (n.) A genus of tropical American shrubs with opposite leaves and small white or reddish flowers. The drupes of Malpighia urens are eaten under the name of Barbadoes cherries.
1900  
1901  "Malpighiaceous (a.) Of, pertaining to, or resembling, a natural order of tropical trees and shrubs (Malpighiaceae), some of them climbing plants, and their stems forming many of the curious lianes of South American forests."
1902  
1903  "Malpighian (a.) Of, pertaining to, or discovered by, Marcello Malpighi, an Italian anatomist of the 17th century."
1904  
1905  Malposition (n.) A wrong position.
1906  
1907  "Malpractice (n.) Evil practice; illegal or immoral conduct; practice contrary to established rules; specifically, the treatment of a case by a surgeon or physician in a manner which is contrary to accepted rules and productive of unfavorable results."
1908  
1909  "Malt (n.) Barley or other grain, steeped in water and dried in a kiln, thus forcing germination until the saccharine principle has been evolved. It is used in brewing and in the distillation of whisky."
1910  
1911  "Malt (a.) Relating to, containing, or made with, malt."
1912  
1913  Malted (imp. & p. p.) of Malt
1914  
1915  Malting (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Malt
1916  
1917  "Malt (v. t.) To make into malt; as, to malt barley."
1918  
1919  "Malt (v. i.) To become malt; also, to make grain into malt."
1920  
1921  Maltalent (n.) Ill will; malice.
1922  
1923  Maltese (a.) Of or pertaining to Malta or to its inhabitants.
1924  
1925  Maltese (n. sing. & pl.) A native or inhabitant of Malta; the people of Malta.
1926  
1927  "Maltha (n.) A variety of bitumen, viscid and tenacious, like pitch, unctuous to the touch, and exhaling a bituminous odor."
1928  
1929  Maltha (n.) Mortar.
1930  
1931  "Malthusian (a.) Of or pertaining to the political economist, the Rev. T. R. Malthus, or conforming to his views; as, Malthusian theories."
1932  
1933  Mathusian (n.) A follower of Malthus.
1934  
1935  Malthusianism (n.) The system of Malthusian doctrines relating to population.
1936  
1937  Maltin (n.) Alt. of Maltine
1938  
1939  "Maltine (n.) The fermentative principle of malt; malt diastase; also, a name given to various medicinal preparations made from or containing malt."
1940  
1941  "Malting (n.) The process of making, or of becoming malt."
1942  
1943  Maltmen (pl. ) of Maltman
1944  
1945  Maltman (n.) A man whose occupation is to make malt.
1946  
1947  "Maltonic (a.) Of, pertaining to, or derived from, maltose; specif., designating an acid called also gluconic or dextronic acid. See Gluconic."
1948  
1949  "Maltose (n.) A crystalline sugar formed from starch by the action of distance of malt, and the amylolytic ferment of saliva and pancreatic juice. It resembles dextrose, but rotates the plane of polarized light further to the right and possesses a lower cupric oxide reducing power."
1950  
1951  Maltreated (imp. & p. p.) of Maltreat
1952  
1953  Maltreating (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Maltreat
1954  
1955  Maltreat (v. t.) To treat ill; to abuse; to treat roughly.
1956  
1957  Maltreament (n.) Ill treatment; ill usage; abuse.
1958  
1959  Maltster (n.) A maltman.
1960  
1961  Maltworm (n.) A tippler.
1962  
1963  "Malty (a.) Consisting, or like, malt."
1964  
1965  Mala (pl. ) of Malum
1966  
1967  Malum (n.) An evil. See Mala.
1968  
1969  "Malvaceous (a.) Pertaining to, or resembling, a natural order of plants (Malvaceae), of which the mallow is the type. The cotton plant, hollyhock, and abutilon are of this order, and the baobab and the silk-cotton trees are now referred to it."
1970  
1971  "Malversation (n.) Evil conduct; fraudulent practices; misbehavior, corruption, or extortion in office."
1972  
1973  Malvesie (n.) Malmsey wine. See Malmsey.
1974  
1975  Mam (n.) Mamma.
1976  
1977  Mama (n.) See Mamma.
1978  
1979  Mamaluke (n.) Same as Mameluke.
1980  
1981  Mamelon (n.) A rounded hillock; a rounded elevation or protuberance.
1982  
1983  Mameluco (n.) A child born of a white father and Indian mother.
1984  
1985  "Mameluke (n.) One of a body of mounted soldiers recruited from slaves converted to Mohammedanism, who, during several centuries, had more or less control of the government of Egypt, until exterminated or dispersed by Mehemet Ali in 1811."
1986  
1987  Mamillated (a.) See Mammillated.
1988  
1989  Mamma (n.) Mother; -- word of tenderness and familiarity.
1990  
1991  Mammae (pl. ) of Mamma
1992  
1993  "Mamma (n.) A glandular organ for secreting milk, characteristic of all mammals, but usually rudimentary in the male; a mammary gland; a breast; under; bag."
1994  
1995  Mammals (pl. ) of Mammal
1996  
1997  Mammal (n.) One of the Mammalia.
1998  
1999  "Mammalia (n. pl.) The highest class of Vertebrata. The young are nourished for a time by milk, or an analogous fluid, secreted by the mammary glands of the mother."
2000  
2001  Mammalian (a.) Of or pertaining to the Mammalia or mammals.
2002  
2003  Mammaliferous (a.) Containing mammalian remains; -- said of certain strata.
2004  
2005  Mammalogical (a.) Of or pertaining to mammalogy.
2006  
2007  Mammalogist (n.) One versed in mammalogy.
2008  
2009  Mammalogy (n.) The science which relates to mammals or the Mammalia. See Mammalia.
2010  
2011  "Mammary (a.) Of or pertaining to the mammae or breasts; as, the mammary arteries and veins."
2012  
2013  "Mammee (n.) A fruit tree of tropical America, belonging to the genus Mammea (M. Americana); also, its fruit. The latter is large, covered with a thick, tough ring, and contains a bright yellow pulp of a pleasant taste and fragrant scent. It is often called mammee apple."
2014  
2015  Mammer (v. i.) To hesitate; to mutter doubtfully.
2016  
2017  Mammet (n.) An idol; a puppet; a doll.
2018  
2019  Mammetry (n.) See Mawmetry.
2020  
2021  Mammifer (n.) A mammal. See Mammalia.
2022  
2023  "Mammiferous (a.) Having breasts; of, pertaining to, or derived from, the Mammalia."
2024  
2025  Mammiform (a.) Having the form of a mamma (breast) or mammae.
2026  
2027  Mammilae (pl. ) of Mammilla
2028  
2029  Mammilla (n.) The nipple.
2030  
2031  "Mammillary (a.) Of or pertaining to the mammilla, or nipple, or to the breast; resembling a mammilla; mammilloid."
2032  
2033  "Mammillary (a.) Composed of convex convex concretions, somewhat resembling the breasts in form; studded with small mammiform protuberances."
2034  
2035  Mammillate (a.) Alt. of Mammillated
2036  
2037  "Mammillated (a.) Having small nipples, or small protuberances like nipples or mammae."
2038  
2039  Mammillated (a.) Bounded like a nipple; -- said of the apex of some shells.
2040  
2041  Mammilliform (a.) Having the form of a mammilla.
2042  
2043  Mammilloid (a.) Like a mammilla or nipple; mammilliform.
2044  
2045  Mammock (n.) A shapeless piece; a fragment.
2046  
2047  Mammock (v. t.) To tear to pieces.
2048  
2049  Mammodis (n.) Coarse plain India muslins.
2050  
2051  Mammology (n.) Mastology. See Mammalogy.
2052  
2053  "Mammon (n.) Riches; wealth; the god of riches; riches, personified."
2054  
2055  Mammonish (a.) Actuated or prompted by a devotion to money getting or the service of Mammon.
2056  
2057  Mammonism (n.) Devotion to the pursuit of wealth; worldliness.
2058  
2059  Mammonist (n.) A mammonite.
2060  
2061  Mammonite (n.) One devoted to the acquisition of wealth or the service of Mammon.
2062  
2063  Mammonization (n.) The process of making mammonish; the state of being under the influence of mammonism.
2064  
2065  Mammonize (v. t.) To make mammonish.
2066  
2067  Mammose (a.) Having the form of the breast; breast-shaped.
2068  
2069  "Mammoth (n.) An extinct, hairy, maned elephant (Elephas primigenius), of enormous size, remains of which are found in the northern parts of both continents. The last of the race, in Europe, were coeval with prehistoric man."
2070  
2071  "Mammoth (a.) Resembling the mammoth in size; very large; gigantic; as, a mammoth ox."
2072  
2073  Mammothrept (n.) A child brought up by its grandmother; a spoiled child.
2074  
2075  Mammies (pl. ) of Mammy
2076  
2077  "Mammy (n.) A child's name for mamma, mother."
2078  
2079  Mamzer (n.) A person born of relations between whom marriage was forbidden by the Mosaic law; a bastard.
2080  
2081  Men (pl. ) of Man
2082  
2083  Man (n.) A human being; -- opposed tobeast.
2084  
2085  "Man (n.) Especially: An adult male person; a grown-up male person, as distinguished from a woman or a child."
2086  
2087  Man (n.) The human race; mankind.
2088  
2089  Man (n.) The male portion of the human race.
2090  
2091  Man (n.) One possessing in a high degree the distinctive qualities of manhood; one having manly excellence of any kind.
2092  
2093  "Man (n.) An adult male servant; also, a vassal; a subject."
2094  
2095  "Man (n.) A term of familiar address often implying on the part of the speaker some degree of authority, impatience, or haste; as, Come, man, we 've no time to lose!"
2096  
2097  Man (n.) A married man; a husband; -- correlative to wife.
2098  
2099  "Man (n.) One, or any one, indefinitely; -- a modified survival of the Saxon use of man, or mon, as an indefinite pronoun."
2100  
2101  "Man (n.) One of the piece with which certain games, as chess or draughts, are played."
2102  
2103  Manned (imp. & p. p.) of Man
2104  
2105  Manning (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Man
2106  
2107  "Man (v. t.) To supply with men; to furnish with a sufficient force or complement of men, as for management, service, defense, or the like; to guard; as, to man a ship, boat, or fort."
2108  
2109  Man (v. t.) To furnish with strength for action; to prepare for efficiency; to fortify.
2110  
2111  "Man (v. t.) To tame, as a hawk."
2112  
2113  Man (v. t.) To furnish with a servants.
2114  
2115  Man (v. t.) To wait on as a manservant.
2116  
2117  Manable (a.) Marriageable.
2118  
2119  Manace (n. & v.) Same as Menace.
2120  
2121  Manacle (n.) A handcuff; a shackle for the hand or wrist; -- usually in the plural.
2122  
2123  Manacled (imp. & p. p.) of Manacle
2124  
2125  Manacling (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Manacle
2126  
2127  "Manacle (v. t.) To put handcuffs or other fastening upon, for confining the hands; to shackle; to confine; to restrain from the use of the limbs or natural powers."
2128  
2129  "Manage (n.) The handling or government of anything, but esp. of a horse; management; administration. See Manege."
2130  
2131  Managed (imp. & p. p.) of Manage
2132  
2133  Managing (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Manage
2134  
2135  Manage (n.) To have under control and direction; to conduct; to guide; to administer; to treat; to handle.
2136  
2137  "Manage (n.) Hence: Esp., to guide by careful or delicate treatment; to wield with address; to make subservient by artful conduct; to bring around cunningly to one's plans."
2138  
2139  "Manage (n.) To train in the manege, as a horse; to exercise in graceful or artful action."
2140  
2141  Manage (n.) To treat with care; to husband.
2142  
2143  Manage (n.) To bring about; to contrive.
2144  
2145  Manage (v. i.) To direct affairs; to carry on business or affairs; to administer.
2146  
2147  Manageability (n.) The state or quality of being manageable; manageableness.
2148  
2149  "Manageable (a.) Such as can be managed or used; suffering control; governable; tractable; subservient; as, a manageable horse."
2150  
2151  Manageless (a.) Unmanageable.
2152  
2153  "Management (v.) The act or art of managing; the manner of treating, directing, carrying on, or using, for a purpose; conduct; administration; guidance; control; as, the management of a family or of a farm; the management of state affairs."
2154  
2155  Management (v.) Business dealing; negotiation; arrangement.
2156  
2157  Management (v.) Judicious use of means to accomplish an end; conduct directed by art or address; skillful treatment; cunning practice; -- often in a bad sense.
2158  
2159  Management (v.) The collective body of those who manage or direct any enterprise or interest; the board of managers.
2160  
2161  "Manager (n.) One who manages; a conductor or director; as, the manager of a theater."
2162  
2163  Manager (n.) A person who conducts business or household affairs with economy and frugality; a good economist.
2164  
2165  Manager (n.) A contriver; an intriguer.
2166  
2167  "Managerial (a.) Of or pertaining to management or a manager; as, managerial qualities."
2168  
2169  Managership (n.) The office or position of a manager.
2170  
2171  Managery (n.) Management; manner of using; conduct; direction.
2172  
2173  Managery (n.) Husbandry; economy; frugality.
2174  
2175  "Manakin (n.) Any one of numerous small birds belonging to Pipra, Manacus, and other genera of the family Pipridae. They are mostly natives of Central and South America. some are bright-colored, and others have the wings and tail curiously ornamented. The name is sometimes applied to related birds of other families."
2176  
2177  Manakin (n.) A dwarf. See Manikin.
2178  
2179  "Manatee (n.) Any species of Trichechus, a genus of sirenians; -- called alsosea cow."
2180  
2181  Manation (n.) The act of issuing or flowing out.
2182  
2183  "Manbote (n.) A sum paid to a lord as a pecuniary compensation for killing his man (that is, his vassal, servant, or tenant)."
2184  
2185  Manca (n.) See Mancus.
2186  
2187  Manche (n.) A sleeve.
2188  
2189  Manchet (n.) Fine white bread; a loaf of fine bread.
2190  
2191  "Manchineel (n.) A euphorbiaceous tree (Hippomane Mancinella) of tropical America, having a poisonous and blistering milky juice, and poisonous acrid fruit somewhat resembling an apple."
2192  
2193  Manchu (a.) Of or pertaining to Manchuria or its inhabitants.
2194  
2195  "Manchu (n.) A native or inhabitant of Manchuria; also, the language spoken by the Manchus."
2196  
2197  Mancipate (v. t.) To enslave; to bind; to restrict.
2198  
2199  Mancipation (n.) Slavery; involuntary servitude.
2200  
2201  "Manciple (n.) A steward; a purveyor, particularly of a college or Inn of Court."
2202  
2203  Mancona bark () See Sassy bark.
2204  
2205  "Mancus (n.) An old Anglo Saxon coin both of gold and silver, and of variously estimated values. The silver mancus was equal to about one shilling of modern English money."
2206  
2207  "-mancy () A combining form denoting divination; as, aleuromancy, chiromancy, necromancy, etc."
2208  
2209  Mand (n.) A demand.
2210  
2211  "Mandamus (n.) A writ issued by a superior court and directed to some inferior tribunal, or to some corporation or person exercising authority, commanding the performance of some specified duty."
2212  
2213  Mandarin (n.) A Chinese public officer or nobleman; a civil or military official in China and Annam.
2214  
2215  "Mandarin (n.) A small orange, with easily separable rind. It is thought to be of Chinese origin, and is counted a distinct species (Citrus nobilis)mandarin orange; tangerine --."
2216  
2217  Mandarinate (n.) The collective body of officials or persons of rank in China.
2218  
2219  Mandarinic (a.) Appropriate or peculiar to a mandarin.
2220  
2221  "Mandarining (n.) The process of giving an orange color to goods formed of animal tissue, as silk or wool, not by coloring matter, but by producing a certain change in the fiber by the action of dilute nitric acid."
2222  
2223  Mandarinism (n.) A government mandarins; character or spirit of the mandarins.
2224  
2225  "Mandatary (n.) One to whom a command or charge is given; hence, specifically, a person to whom the pope has, by his prerogative, given a mandate or order for his benefice."
2226  
2227  Mandatary (n.) One who undertakes to discharge a specific business commission; a mandatory.
2228  
2229  Mandate (n.) An official or authoritative command; an order or injunction; a commission; a judicial precept.
2230  
2231  "Mandate (n.) A rescript of the pope, commanding an ordinary collator to put the person therein named in possession of the first vacant benefice in his collation."
2232  
2233  "Mandate (n.) A contract by which one employs another to manage any business for him. By the Roman law, it must have been gratuitous."
2234  
2235  Mandator (n.) A director; one who gives a mandate or order.
2236  
2237  Mandator (n.) The person who employs another to perform a mandate.
2238  
2239  Mandatory (a.) Containing a command; preceptive; directory.
2240  
2241  Mandatory (n.) Same as Mandatary.
2242  
2243  Mandelate (n.) A salt of mandelic acid.
2244  
2245  "Mandelic (a.) Pertaining to an acid first obtained from benzoic aldehyde (oil of better almonds), as a white crystalline substance; -- called also phenyl glycolic acid."
2246  
2247  Mander (v. t. & i.) See Maunder.
2248  
2249  Manderil (n.) A mandrel.
2250  
2251  "Mandible (n.) The bone, or principal bone, of the lower jaw; the inferior maxilla; -- also applied to either the upper or the lower jaw in the beak of birds."
2252  
2253  "Mandible (n.) The anterior pair of mouth organs of insects, crustaceaus, and related animals, whether adapted for biting or not. See Illust. of Diptera."
2254  
2255  Mandibular (a.) Of or pertaining to a mandible; like a mandible.
2256  
2257  Mandibular (n.) The principal mandibular bone; the mandible.
2258  
2259  Mandibulate (a.) Alt. of Mandibulated
2260  
2261  "Mandibulated (a.) Provided with mandibles adapted for biting, as many insects."
2262  
2263  Mandibulate (n.) An insect having mandibles.
2264  
2265  Mandibuliform (a.) Having the form of a mandible; -- said especially of the maxillae of an insect when hard and adapted for biting.
2266  
2267  "Mandibulohyoid (a.) Pertaining both to the mandibular and the hyoid arch, or situated between them."
2268  
2269  Mandil (n.) A loose outer garment worn the 16th and 17th centuries.
2270  
2271  Mandilion (n.) See Mandil.
2272  
2273  Mandingos (n. pl.) ; sing. Mandingo. (Ethnol.) An extensive and powerful tribe of West African negroes.
2274  
2275  Mandioc (n.) Alt. of Mandioca
2276  
2277  Mandioca (n.) See Manioc.
2278  
2279  Mandlestone (n.) Amygdaloid.
2280  
2281  Mandment (n.) Commandment.
2282  
2283  Mandolin (n.) Alt. of Mandoline
2284  
2285  Mandoline (n.) A small and beautifully shaped instrument resembling the lute.
2286  
2287  Mandore (n.) A kind of four-stringed lute.
2288  
2289  "Mandragora (n.) A genus of plants; the mandrake. See Mandrake, 1."
2290  
2291  Mandragorite (n.) One who habitually intoxicates himself with a narcotic obtained from mandrake.
2292  
2293  "Mandrake (n.) A low plant (Mandragora officinarum) of the Nightshade family, having a fleshy root, often forked, and supposed to resemble a man. It was therefore supposed to have animal life, and to cry out when pulled up. All parts of the plant are strongly narcotic. It is found in the Mediterranean region."
2294  
2295  "Mandrake (n.) The May apple (Podophyllum peltatum). See May apple under May, and Podophyllum."
2296  
2297  "Mandrel (n.) A bar of metal inserted in the work to shape it, or to hold it, as in a lathe, during the process of manufacture; an arbor."
2298  
2299  Mandrel (n.) The live spindle of a turning lathe; the revolving arbor of a circular saw. It is usually driven by a pulley.
2300  
2301  "Mandrill (n.) a large West African baboon (Cynocephalus, / Papio, mormon). The adult male has, on the sides of the nose, large, naked, grooved swellings, conspicuously striped with blue and red."
2302  
2303  Manducable (a.) Such as can be chewed; fit to be eaten.
2304  
2305  Manducated (imp. & p. p.) of Manducate
2306  
2307  Manducating (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Manducate
2308  
2309  Manducate (v. t.) To masticate; to chew; to eat.
2310  
2311  Manducation (n.) The act of chewing.
2312  
2313  "Manducatory (a.) Pertaining to, or employed in, chewing."
2314  
2315  "Manducus (n.) A grotesque mask, representing a person chewing or grimacing, worn in processions and by comic actors on the stage."
2316  
2317  "Mane (n.) The long and heavy hair growing on the upper side of, or about, the neck of some quadrupedal animals, as the horse, the lion, etc. See Illust. of Horse."
2318  
2319  "Man-eater (n.) One who, or that which, has an appetite for human flesh; specifically, one of certain large sharks (esp. Carcharodon Rondeleti); also, a lion or a tiger which has acquired the habit of feeding upon human flesh."
2320  
2321  Maned (a.) Having a mane.
2322  
2323  "Manege (n.) Art of horsemanship, or of training horses."
2324  
2325  "Manege (n.) A school for teaching horsemanship, and for training horses."
2326  
2327  "Maneh (n.) A Hebrew weight for gold or silver, being one hundred shekels of gold and sixty shekels of silver."
2328  
2329  Maneless (a.) Having no mane.
2330  
2331  Manequin (n.) An artist's model of wood or other material.
2332  
2333  Manerial (a.) See Manorial.
2334  
2335  "Manes (n. pl.) The benevolent spirits of the dead, especially of dead ancestors, regarded as family deities and protectors."
2336  
2337  Manesheet (n.) A covering placed over the upper part of a horse's head.
2338  
2339  Maneuver (n.) Alt. of Manoeuvre
2340  
2341  "Manoeuvre (n.) Management; dexterous movement; specif., a military or naval evolution, movement, or change of position."
2342  
2343  Manoeuvre (n.) Management with address or artful design; adroit proceeding; stratagem.
2344  
2345  Maneuvered (imp. & p. p.) of Manoeuvre
2346  
2347  Manoeuvred () of Manoeuvre
2348  
2349  Maneuvering (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Manoeuvre
2350  
2351  Manoeuvring () of Manoeuvre
2352  
2353  Maneuver (n.) Alt. of Manoeuvre
2354  
2355  Manoeuvre (n.) To perform a movement or movements in military or naval tactics; to make changes in position with reference to getting advantage in attack or defense.
2356  
2357  Manoeuvre (n.) To manage with address or art; to scheme.
2358  
2359  Maneuver (v. t.) Alt. of Manoeuvre
2360  
2361  "Manoeuvre (v. t.) To change the positions of, as of troops of ships."
2362  
2363  Maneuverer (n.) Alt. of Manoeuvrer
2364  
2365  Manoeuvrer (n.) One who maneuvers.
2366  
2367  "Manful (a.) Showing manliness, or manly spirit; hence, brave, courageous, resolute, noble."
2368  
2369  "Mamgabey (n.) Any one of several African monkeys of the genus Cercocebus, as the sooty mangabey (C. fuliginosus), which is sooty black."
2370  
2371  Mangan (n.) See Mangonel.
2372  
2373  Manganate (n.) A salt of manganic acid.
2374  
2375  Manganesate (n.) A manganate.
2376  
2377  "Manganese (n.) An element obtained by reduction of its oxide, as a hard, grayish white metal, fusible with difficulty, but easily oxidized. Its ores occur abundantly in nature as the minerals pyrolusite, manganite, etc. Symbol Mn. Atomic weight 54.8."
2378  
2379  Manganesian (a.) Manganic.
2380  
2381  Manganesic (a.) Manganic.
2382  
2383  Manganesious (a.) Manganous.
2384  
2385  Manganesium (n.) Manganese.
2386  
2387  Manganesous (a.) Manganous.
2388  
2389  "Manganic (a.) Of, pertaining to resembling, or containing, manganese; specif., designating compounds in which manganese has a higher valence as contrasted with manganous compounds. Cf. Manganous."
2390  
2391  Manganiferous (a.) Containing manganese.
2392  
2393  "Manganite (n.) One of the oxides of manganese; -- called also gray manganese ore. It occurs in brilliant steel-gray or iron-black crystals, also massive."
2394  
2395  Manganite (n.) A compound of manganese dioxide with a metallic oxide; so called as though derived from the hypothetical manganous acid.
2396  
2397  Manganium (n.) Manganese.
2398  
2399  "Manganous (a.) Of, pertaining to, designating, those compounds of manganese in which the element has a lower valence as contrasted with manganic compounds; as, manganous oxide."
2400  
2401  "Mangcorn (n.) A mixture of wheat and rye, or other species of grain."
2402  
2403  "Mange (n.) The scab or itch in cattle, dogs, and other beasts."
2404  
2405  "Mangel-wurzel (n.) A kind of large field beet (B. macrorhiza), used as food for cattle, -- by some considered a mere variety of the ordinary beet. See Beet."
2406  
2407  Manger (n.) A trough or open box in which fodder is placed for horses or cattle to eat.
2408  
2409  "Manger (n.) The fore part of the deck, having a bulkhead athwart ships high enough to prevent water which enters the hawse holes from running over it."
2410  
2411  Mangily (adv.) In a mangy manner; scabbily.
2412  
2413  Manginess (n.) The condition or quality of being mangy.
2414  
2415  Mangled (imp. & p. p.) of Mangle
2416  
2417  Mangling (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Mangle
2418  
2419  "Mangle (v. t.) To cut or bruise with repeated blows or strokes, making a ragged or torn wound, or covering with wounds; to tear in cutting; to cut in a bungling manner; to lacerate; to mutilate."
2420  
2421  "Mangle (v. t.) To mutilate or injure, in making, doing, or pertaining; as, to mangle a piece of music or a recitation."
2422  
2423  "Mangle (n.) A machine for smoothing linen or cotton cloth, as sheets, tablecloths, napkins, and clothing, by roller pressure."
2424  
2425  "Mangle (n.) To smooth with a mangle, as damp linen or cloth."
2426  
2427  Mangler (n.) One who mangles or tears in cutting; one who mutilates any work in doing it.
2428  
2429  Mangler (n.) One who smooths with a mangle.
2430  
2431  Mangoes (pl. ) of Mango
2432  
2433  "Mango (n.) The fruit of the mango tree. It is rather larger than an apple, and of an ovoid shape. Some varieties are fleshy and luscious, and others tough and tasting of turpentine. The green fruit is pickled for market."
2434  
2435  Mango (n.) A green muskmelon stuffed and pickled.
2436  
2437  Mangoldwurzel (n.) See Mangel-wurzel.
2438  
2439  Mangonel (n.) A military engine formerly used for throwing stones and javelins.
2440  
2441  "Mangonism (n.) The art of mangonizing, or setting off to advantage."
2442  
2443  Mangonist (n.) One who mangonizes.
2444  
2445  "Mangonist (n.) A slave dealer; also, a strumpet."
2446  
2447  Mangonize (v. t.) To furbish up for sale; to set off to advantage.
2448  
2449  Mangosteen (n.) Alt. of Mangostan
2450  
2451  "Mangostan (n.) A tree of the East Indies of the genus Garcinia (G. Mangostana). The tree grows to the height of eighteen feet, and bears fruit also called mangosteen, of the size of a small apple, the pulp of which is very delicious food."
2452  
2453  "Mangrove (n.) The name of one or two trees of the genus Rhizophora (R. Mangle, and R. mucronata, the last doubtfully distinct) inhabiting muddy shores of tropical regions, where they spread by emitting aerial roots, which fasten in the saline mire and eventually become new stems. The seeds also send down a strong root while yet attached to the parent plant."
2454  
2455  Mangrove (n.) The mango fish.
2456  
2457  Mangue (n.) The kusimanse.
2458  
2459  Mangy (superl.) Infected with the mange; scabby.
2460  
2461  Manhaden (n.) See Menhaden.
2462  
2463  Manhead (n.) Manhood.
2464  
2465  "Manhole (n.) A hole through which a man may descend or creep into a drain, sewer, steam boiler, parts of machinery, etc., for cleaning or repairing."
2466  
2467  "Manhood (n.) The state of being man as a human being, or man as distinguished from a child or a woman."
2468  
2469  Manhood (n.) Manly quality; courage; bravery; resolution.
2470  
2471  Mania (n.) Violent derangement of mind; madness; insanity. Cf. Delirium.
2472  
2473  "Mania (n.) Excessive or unreasonable desire; insane passion affecting one or many people; as, the tulip mania."
2474  
2475  Maniable (a.) Manageable.
2476  
2477  Maniac (a.) Raving with madness; raging with disordered intellect; affected with mania; mad.
2478  
2479  Maniac (n.) A raving lunatic; a madman.
2480  
2481  "Maniacal (a.) Affected with, or characterized by, madness; maniac."
2482  
2483  Manicate (a.) Covered with hairs or pubescence so platted together and interwoven as to form a mass easily removed.
2484  
2485  Manichaean (n.) Alt. of Manichee
2486  
2487  Manichean (n.) Alt. of Manichee
2488  
2489  "Manichee (n.) A believer in the doctrines of Manes, a Persian of the third century A. D., who taught a dualism in which Light is regarded as the source of Good, and Darkness as the source of Evil."
2490  
2491  Manichaean (a.) Alt. of Manichean
2492  
2493  Manichean (a.) Of or pertaining to the Manichaeans.
2494  
2495  Manichaeism (n.) Alt. of Manicheism
2496  
2497  "Manicheism (n.) The doctrines taught, or system of principles maintained, by the Manichaeans."
2498  
2499  Manicheist (n.) Manichaean.
2500  
2501  Manichord () Alt. of Manichordon
2502  
2503  Manichordon () The clavichord or clarichord; -- called also dumb spinet.
2504  
2505  "Manicure (n.) A person who makes a business of taking care of people's hands, especially their nails."
2506  
2507  "Manid (n.) Any species of the genus Manis, or family Manidae."
2508  
2509  Manie (n.) Mania; insanity.
2510  
2511  "Manifest (a.) Evident to the senses, esp. to the sight; apparent; distinctly perceived; hence, obvious to the understanding; apparent to the mind; easily apprehensible; plain; not obscure or hidden."
2512  
2513  Manifest (a.) Detected; convicted; -- with of.
2514  
2515  Manifests (pl. ) of Manifest
2516  
2517  Manifest (a.) A public declaration; an open statement; a manifesto. See Manifesto.
2518  
2519  "Manifest (a.) A list or invoice of a ship's cargo, containing a description by marks, numbers, etc., of each package of goods, to be exhibited at the customhouse."
2520  
2521  Manifested (imp. & p. p.) of Manifest
2522  
2523  Manifesting (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Manifest
2524  
2525  "Manifest (v. t.) To show plainly; to make to appear distinctly, -- usually to the mind; to put beyond question or doubt; to display; to exhibit."
2526  
2527  Manifest (v. t.) To exhibit the manifests or prepared invoices of; to declare at the customhouse.
2528  
2529  Manifestable (a.) Such as can be manifested.
2530  
2531  "Manifestation (n.) The act of manifesting or disclosing, or the state of being manifested; discovery to the eye or to the understanding; also, that which manifests; exhibition; display; revelation; as, the manifestation of God's power in creation."
2532  
2533  Manifestible (a.) Manifestable.
2534  
2535  Manifestly (adv.) In a manifest manner.
2536  
2537  Manifestness (n.) The quality or state of being manifest; obviousness.
2538  
2539  Manifestoes (pl. ) of Manifesto
2540  
2541  "Manifesto (n. & a.) A public declaration, usually of a prince, sovereign, or other person claiming large powers, showing his intentions, or proclaiming his opinions and motives in reference to some act done or contemplated by him; as, a manifesto declaring the purpose of a prince to begin war, and explaining his motives."
2542  
2543  Manifold (a.) Various in kind or quality; many in number; numerous; multiplied; complicated.
2544  
2545  Manifold (a.) Exhibited at divers times or in various ways; -- used to qualify nouns in the singular number.
2546  
2547  Manifold (n.) A copy of a writing made by the manifold process.
2548  
2549  "Manifold (n.) A cylindrical pipe fitting, having a number of lateral outlets, for connecting one pipe with several others."
2550  
2551  Manifold (n.) The third stomach of a ruminant animal.
2552  
2553  Manifolded (imp. & p. p.) of Manifold
2554  
2555  Manifolding (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Manifold
2556  
2557  "Manifold (v. t.) To take copies of by the process of manifold writing; as, to manifold a letter."
2558  
2559  "Manifolded (a.) Having many folds, layers, or plates; as, a manifolded shield."
2560  
2561  Manifoldly (adv.) In a manifold manner.
2562  
2563  Manifoldness (n.) Multiplicity.
2564  
2565  Manifoldness (n.) A generalized concept of magnitude.
2566  
2567  Maniform (a.) Shaped like the hand.
2568  
2569  Maniglion (n.) Either one of two handles on the back of a piece of ordnance.
2570  
2571  Manihoc (n.) Alt. of Manihot
2572  
2573  Manihot (n.) See Manioc.
2574  
2575  Manikin (n.) A little man; a dwarf; a pygmy; a manakin.
2576  
2577  "Manikin (n.) A model of the human body, made of papier-mache or other material, commonly in detachable pieces, for exhibiting the different parts and organs, their relative position, etc."
2578  
2579  Manila (a.) Alt. of Manilla
2580  
2581  "Manilla (a.) Of or pertaining to Manila or Manilla, the capital of the Philippine Islands; made in, or exported from, that city."
2582  
2583  "Manilio (n.) See Manilla, 1."
2584  
2585  "Manilla (n.) A ring worn upon the arm or leg as an ornament, especially among the tribes of Africa."
2586  
2587  "Manilla (n.) A piece of copper of the shape of a horseshoe, used as money by certain tribes of the west coast of Africa."
2588  
2589  Manilla (a.) Same as Manila.
2590  
2591  "Manille (n.) See 1st Manilla, 1."
2592  
2593  "Manioc (n.) The tropical plants (Manihot utilissima, and M. Aipi), from which cassava and tapioca are prepared; also, cassava."
2594  
2595  Maniple (a.) A handful.
2596  
2597  "Maniple (a.) A division of the Roman army numbering sixty men exclusive of officers, any small body of soldiers; a company."
2598  
2599  "Maniple (a.) Originally, a napkin; later, an ornamental band or scarf worn upon the left arm as a part of the vestments of a priest in the Roman Catholic Church. It is sometimes worn in the English Church service."
2600  
2601  "Manipular (a.) Of or pertaining to the maniple, or company."
2602  
2603  "Manipular (a.) Manipulatory; as, manipular operations."
2604  
2605  Manipulated (imp. & p. p.) of Manipulate
2606  
2607  Manipulating (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Manipulate
2608  
2609  "Manipulate (v. t.) To treat, work, or operate with the hands, especially when knowledge and dexterity are required; to manage in hand work; to handle; as, to manipulate scientific apparatus."
2610  
2611  "Manipulate (v. t.) To control the action of, by management; as, to manipulate a convention of delegates; to manipulate the stock market; also, to manage artfully or fraudulently; as, to manipulate accounts, or election returns."
2612  
2613  "Manipulate (v. i.) To use the hands in dexterous operations; to do hand work; specifically, to manage the apparatus or instruments used in scientific work, or in artistic or mechanical processes; also, specifically, to use the hand in mesmeric operations."
2614  
2615  "Manipulation (n.) The act or process of manipulating, or the state of being manipulated; the act of handling work by hand; use of the hands, in an artistic or skillful manner, in science or art."
2616  
2617  Manipulation (n.) The use of the hands in mesmeric operations.
2618  
2619  "Manipulation (n.) Artful management; as, the manipulation of political bodies; sometimes, a management or treatment for purposes of deception or fraud."
2620  
2621  Manipulative (a.) Of or pertaining to manipulation; performed by manipulation.
2622  
2623  Manipulator (n.) One who manipulates.
2624  
2625  Manipulatory (a.) Of or pertaining to manipulation.
2626  
2627  "Manis (n.) A genus of edentates, covered with large, hard, triangular scales, with sharp edges that overlap each other like tiles on a roof. They inhabit the warmest parts of Asia and Africa, and feed on ants. Called also Scaly anteater. See Pangolin."
2628  
2629  Manito (n.) Alt. of Manitu
2630  
2631  Manitou (n.) Alt. of Manitu
2632  
2633  "Manitu (n.) A name given by tribes of American Indians to a great spirit, whether good or evil, or to any object of worship."
2634  
2635  Manitrunk (n.) The anterior segment of the thorax in insects. See Insect.
2636  
2637  "Mankind (n.) The human race; man, taken collectively."
2638  
2639  "Mankind (n.) Men, as distinguished from women; the male portion of human race."
2640  
2641  Mankind (n.) Human feelings; humanity.
2642  
2643  Mankind (a.) Manlike; not womanly; masculine; bold; cruel.
2644  
2645  Manks (a.) Of or pertaining to the language or people of the of Man.
2646  
2647  Manks (n.) The language spoken in the Isle of Man. See Manx.
2648  
2649  Manless (a.) Destitute of men.
2650  
2651  Manless (a.) Unmanly; inhuman.
2652  
2653  Manlessly (adv.) Inhumanly.
2654  
2655  "Manlike (a.) Like man, or like a man, in form or nature; having the qualities of a man, esp. the nobler qualities; manly."
2656  
2657  Manliness (n.) The quality or state of being manly.
2658  
2659  Manling (n.) A little man.
2660  
2661  "Manly (superl.) Having qualities becoming to a man; not childish or womanish; manlike, esp. brave, courageous, resolute, noble."
2662  
2663  "Manly (adv.) In a manly manner; with the courage and fortitude of a manly man; as, to act manly."
2664  
2665  "Manna (n.) The food supplied to the Israelites in their journey through the wilderness of Arabia; hence, divinely supplied food."
2666  
2667  "Manna (n.) A name given to lichens of the genus Lecanora, sometimes blown into heaps in the deserts of Arabia and Africa, and gathered and used as food."
2668  
2669  "Manna (n.) A sweetish exudation in the form of pale yellow friable flakes, coming from several trees and shrubs and used in medicine as a gentle laxative, as the secretion of Fraxinus Ornus, and F. rotundifolia, the manna ashes of Southern Europe."
2670  
2671  "Manna croup () The portions of hard wheat kernels not ground into flour by the millstones: a kind of semolina prepared in Russia and used for puddings, soups, etc. -- called also manna groats."
2672  
2673  Manna croup () The husked grains of manna grass.
2674  
2675  Manner (n.) Mode of action; way of performing or effecting anything; method; style; form; fashion.
2676  
2677  "Manner (n.) Characteristic mode of acting, conducting, carrying one's self, or the like; bearing; habitual style."
2678  
2679  Manner (n.) Customary method of acting; habit.
2680  
2681  "Manner (n.) Carriage; behavior; deportment; also, becoming behavior; well-bred carriage and address."
2682  
2683  Manner (n.) The style of writing or thought of an author; characteristic peculiarity of an artist.
2684  
2685  "Manner (n.) Certain degree or measure; as, it is in a manner done already."
2686  
2687  "Manner (n.) Sort; kind; style; -- in this application sometimes having the sense of a plural, sorts or kinds."
2688  
2689  "Mannered (a.) Having a certain way, esp. a polite way, of carrying and conducting one's self."
2690  
2691  Mannered (a.) Affected with mannerism; marked by excess of some characteristic peculiarity.
2692  
2693  "Mannerism (n.) Adherence to a peculiar style or manner; a characteristic mode of action, bearing, or treatment, carried to excess, especially in literature or art."
2694  
2695  "Mannerist (n.) One addicted to mannerism; a person who, in action, bearing, or treatment, carries characteristic peculiarities to excess. See citation under Mannerism."
2696  
2697  Mannerliness (n.) The quality or state of being mannerly; civility; complaisance.
2698  
2699  Mannerly (a.) Showing good manners; civil; respectful; complaisant.
2700  
2701  Mannerly (adv.) With good manners.
2702  
2703  Mannheim gold () A kind of brass made in imitation of gold. It contains eighty per cent of copper and twenty of zinc.
2704  
2705  "Mannide (n.) A white amorphous or crystalline substance, obtained by dehydration of mannite, and distinct from, but convertible into, mannitan."
2706  
2707  Mannish (a.) Resembling a human being in form or nature; human.
2708  
2709  "Mannish (a.) Resembling, suitable to, or characteristic of, a man, manlike, masculine."
2710  
2711  Mannish (a.) Fond of men; -- said of a woman.
2712  
2713  Mannitan (n.) A white amorphous or crystalline substance obtained by the partial dehydration of mannite.
2714  
2715  Mannitate (n.) A salt of mannitic acid.
2716  
2717  "Mannite (n.) A white crystalline substance of a sweet taste obtained from a so-called manna, the dried sap of the flowering ash (Fraxinus ornus); -- called also mannitol, and hydroxy hexane. Cf. Dulcite."
2718  
2719  "Mannite (n.) A sweet white efflorescence from dried fronds of kelp, especially from those of the Laminaria saccharina, or devil's apron."
2720  
2721  "Mannitic (a.) Of, pertaining to, resembling, or derived from, mannite."
2722  
2723  Mannitol (n.) The technical name of mannite. See Mannite.
2724  
2725  "Mannitose (n.) A variety of sugar obtained by the partial oxidation of mannite, and closely resembling levulose."
2726  
2727  Manoeuvre (n. & v.) See Maneuver.
2728  
2729  Men-of-war (pl. ) of Manofwar
2730  
2731  "Manofwar (n) A government vessel employed for the purposes of war, esp. one of large size; a ship of war."
2732  
2733  "Manometer (n.) An instrument for measuring the tension or elastic force of gases, steam, etc., constructed usually on the principle of allowing the gas to exert its elastic force in raising a column of mercury in an open tube, or in compressing a portion of air or other gas in a closed tube with mercury or other liquid intervening, or in bending a metallic or other spring so as to set in motion an index; a pressure gauge. See Pressure, and Illust. of Air pump."
2734  
2735  Manometric (a.) Alt. of Manometrical
2736  
2737  Manometrical (a.) Of or pertaining to the manometer; made by the manometer.
2738  
2739  "Manor (n.) The land belonging to a lord or nobleman, or so much land as a lord or great personage kept in his own hands, for the use and subsistence of his family."
2740  
2741  "Manor (n.) A tract of land occupied by tenants who pay a free-farm rent to the proprietor, sometimes in kind, and sometimes by performing certain stipulated services."
2742  
2743  Manorial (a.) Of or pertaining to a manor.
2744  
2745  Manoscope (n.) Same as Manometer.
2746  
2747  Manoscopy (n.) The science of the determination of the density of vapors and gases.
2748  
2749  Manovery (n.) A contrivance or maneuvering to catch game illegally.
2750  
2751  Manqueller (n.) A killer of men; a manslayer.
2752  
2753  Manred (n.) Alt. of Manrent
2754  
2755  "Manrent (n.) Homage or service rendered to a superior, as to a lord; vassalage."
2756  
2757  Manrope (n.) One of the side ropes to the gangway of a ship.
2758  
2759  "Mansard roof () A hipped curb roof; that is, a roof having on all sides two slopes, the lower one being steeper than the upper one."
2760  
2761  "Manse (n.) A dwelling house, generally with land attached."
2762  
2763  Manse (n.) The parsonage; a clergyman's house.
2764  
2765  Manservant (n.) A male servant.
2766  
2767  "Mansion (n.) A dwelling place, -- whether a part or whole of a house or other shelter."
2768  
2769  Mansion (n.) The house of the lord of a manor; a manor house; hence: Any house of considerable size or pretension.
2770  
2771  "Mansion (n.) A twelfth part of the heavens; a house. See 1st House, 8."
2772  
2773  Mansion (n.) The place in the heavens occupied each day by the moon in its monthly revolution.
2774  
2775  Mansion (v. i.) To dwell; to reside.
2776  
2777  "Mansionary (a.) Resident; residentiary; as, mansionary canons."
2778  
2779  Mansionry (n.) The state of dwelling or residing; occupancy as a dwelling place.
2780  
2781  Manslaughter (n.) The slaying of a human being; destruction of men.
2782  
2783  "Manslaughter (n.) The unlawful killing of a man, either in negligenc/ or incidentally to the commission of some unlawful act, but without specific malice, or upon a sudden excitement of anger."
2784  
2785  Manslayer (n.) One who kills a human being; one who commits manslaughter.
2786  
2787  Manstealer (n.) A person who steals or kidnaps a human being or beings.
2788  
2789  "Manstealing (n.) The act or business of stealing or kidnaping human beings, especially with a view to e/slave them."
2790  
2791  Mansuete (a.) Tame; gentle; kind.
2792  
2793  Mansuetude (n.) Tameness; gentleness; mildness.
2794  
2795  Manswear (v. i.) To swear falsely. Same as Mainswear.
2796  
2797  Manta (n.) See Coleoptera and Sea devil.
2798  
2799  Mantchoo (a. & n.) Same as Manchu.
2800  
2801  Manteaux (pl. ) of Manteau
2802  
2803  Manteaus (pl. ) of Manteau
2804  
2805  Manteau (n.) A woman's cloak or mantle.
2806  
2807  Manteau (n.) A gown worn by women.
2808  
2809  "Mantel (n.) The finish around a fireplace, covering the chimney-breast in front and sometimes on both sides; especially, a shelf above the fireplace, and its supports."
2810  
2811  Mantelet (n.) A short cloak formerly worn by knights.
2812  
2813  Mantelet (n.) A short cloak or mantle worn by women.
2814  
2815  "Mantelet (n.) A musket-proof shield of rope, wood, or metal, which is sometimes used for the protection of sappers or riflemen while attacking a fortress, or of gunners at embrasures; -- now commonly written mantlet."
2816  
2817  Mantelpiece (n.) Same as Mantel.
2818  
2819  Mantelshelf (n.) The shelf of a mantel.
2820  
2821  "Manteltree (n.) The lintel of a fireplace when of wood, as frequently in early houses."
2822  
2823  "Mantic (a.) Of or pertaining to divination, or to the condition of one inspired, or supposed to be inspired, by a deity; prophetic."
2824  
2825  "Mantilla (n.) A lady's light cloak of cape of silk, velvet, lace, or the like."
2826  
2827  "Mantilla (n.) A kind of veil, covering the head and falling down upon the shoulders; -- worn in Spain, Mexico, etc."
2828  
2829  "Mantis (n.) Any one of numerous species of voracious orthopterous insects of the genus Mantis, and allied genera. They are remarkable for their slender grotesque forms, and for holding their stout anterior legs in a manner suggesting hands folded in prayer. The common American species is M. Carolina."
2830  
2831  "Mantispid (n.) Any neuropterous insect of the genus Mantispa, and allied genera. The larvae feed on plant lice. Also used adjectively. See Illust. under Neuroptera."
2832  
2833  "Mantissa (n.) The decimal part of a logarithm, as distinguished from the integral part, or characteristic."
2834  
2835  "Mantle (n.) A loose garment to be worn over other garments; an enveloping robe; a cloak. Hence, figuratively, a covering or concealing envelope."
2836  
2837  Mantle (n.) Same as Mantling.
2838  
2839  "Mantle (n.) The external fold, or folds, of the soft, exterior membrane of the body of a mollusk. It usually forms a cavity inclosing the gills. See Illusts. of Buccinum, and Byssus."
2840  
2841  "Mantle (n.) Any free, outer membrane."
2842  
2843  Mantle (n.) The back of a bird together with the folded wings.
2844  
2845  Mantle (n.) A mantel. See Mantel.
2846  
2847  "Mantle (n.) The outer wall and casing of a blast furnace, above the hearth."
2848  
2849  Mantle (n.) A penstock for a water wheel.
2850  
2851  Mantled (imp. & p. p.) of Mantle
2852  
2853  Mantling (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Mantle
2854  
2855  "Mantle (v. t.) To cover or envelop, as with a mantle; to cloak; to hide; to disguise."
2856  
2857  "Mantle (v. i.) To unfold and spread out the wings, like a mantle; -- said of hawks. Also used figuratively."
2858  
2859  Mantle (v. i.) To spread out; -- said of wings.
2860  
2861  "Mantle (v. i.) To spread over the surface as a covering; to overspread; as, the scum mantled on the pool."
2862  
2863  "Mantle (v. i.) To gather, assume, or take on, a covering, as froth, scum, etc."
2864  
2865  Mantlet (n.) See Mantelet.
2866  
2867  "Mantling (n.) The representation of a mantle, or the drapery behind and around a coat of arms: -- called also lambrequin."
2868  
2869  Manto (n.) See Manteau.
2870  
2871  Mantologist (n.) One who is skilled in mantology; a diviner.
2872  
2873  Mantology (n.) The act or art of divination.
2874  
2875  Mantra (n.) A prayer; an invocation; a religious formula; a charm.
2876  
2877  Mantrap (n.) A trap for catching trespassers.
2878  
2879  "Mantrap (n.) A dangerous place, as an open hatch, into which one may fall."
2880  
2881  Mantua (n.) A superior kind of rich silk formerly exported from Mantua in Italy.
2882  
2883  "Mantua (n.) A woman's cloak or mantle; also, a woman's gown."
2884  
2885  "Mantuamaker (n.) One who makes dresses, cloaks, etc., for women; a dressmaker."
2886  
2887  Mantuan (a.) Of or pertaining to Mantua.
2888  
2889  Mantuan (n.) A native or inhabitant of Mantua.
2890  
2891  "Manu (n.) One of a series of progenitors of human beings, and authors of human wisdom."
2892  
2893  "Manual (a.) Of or pertaining to the hand; done or made by the hand; as, manual labor; the king's sign manual."
2894  
2895  "Manual (a.) A small book, such as may be carried in the hand, or conveniently handled; a handbook; specifically, the service book of the Roman Catholic Church."
2896  
2897  "Manual (a.) A keyboard of an organ or harmonium for the fingers, as distinguished from the pedals; a clavier, or set of keys."
2898  
2899  "Manual (a.) A prescribed exercise in the systematic handing of a weapon; as, the manual of arms; the manual of the sword; the manual of the piece (cannon, mortar, etc.)."
2900  
2901  Manualist (n.) One who works with the hands; an artificer.
2902  
2903  Manually (adv.) By hand.
2904  
2905  Manuary (a.) Manual.
2906  
2907  Manuary (n.) An artificer.
2908  
2909  Manubial (a.) Belonging to spoils; taken in war.
2910  
2911  Manubrial (a.) Of or pertaining to a manubrium; shaped like a manubrium; handlelike.
2912  
2913  Manubria (pl. ) of Manubrium
2914  
2915  Manubriums (pl. ) of Manubrium
2916  
2917  "Manubrium (n.) A handlelike process or part; esp., the anterior segment of the sternum, or presternum, and the handlelike process of the malleus."
2918  
2919  Manubrium (n.) The proboscis of a jellyfish; -- called also hypostoma. See Illust. of Hydromedusa.
2920  
2921  "Manucode (n.) Any bird of the genus Manucodia, of Australia and New Guinea. They are related to the bird of paradise."
2922  
2923  Manuducent (n.) One who leads by the hand; a manuductor.
2924  
2925  Manuduction (n.) Guidance by the hand.
2926  
2927  "Manductor (n.) A conductor; an officer in the ancient church who gave the signal for the choir to sing, and who beat time with the hand, and regulated the music."
2928  
2929  -ries (pl. ) of Manufactory
2930  
2931  Manufactory (n.) Manufacture.
2932  
2933  Manufactory (n.) A building or place where anything is manufactured; a factory.
2934  
2935  Manufactory (a.) Pertaining to manufacturing.
2936  
2937  Manufactural (a.) Of or pertaining to manufactures.
2938  
2939  "Manufacture (n.) The operation of making wares or any products by hand, by machinery, or by other agency."
2940  
2941  "Manufacture (n.) Anything made from raw materials by the hand, by machinery, or by art, as cloths, iron utensils, shoes, machinery, saddlery, etc."
2942  
2943  Manufactured (imp. & p. p.) of Manufacture
2944  
2945  Manufacturing (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Manufacture
2946  
2947  "Manufacture (v. t.) To make (wares or other products) by hand, by machinery, or by other agency; as, to manufacture cloth, nails, glass, etc."
2948  
2949  "Manufacture (v. t.) To work, as raw or partly wrought materials, into suitable forms for use; as, to manufacture wool, cotton, silk, or iron."
2950  
2951  Manufacture (v. i.) To be employed in manufacturing something.
2952  
2953  Manufacturer (n.) One who manufactures.
2954  
2955  "Manufacturing (a.) Employed, or chiefly employed, in manufacture; as, a manufacturing community; a manufacturing town."
2956  
2957  "Manufacturing (a.) Pertaining to manufacture; as, manufacturing projects."
2958  
2959  "Manul (n.) A wild cat (Felis manul), having long, soft, light-colored fur. It is found in the mountains of Central Asia, and dwells among rocks."
2960  
2961  Manumise (v. t.) To manumit.
2962  
2963  "Manumission (n.) The act of manumitting, or of liberating a slave from bondage."
2964  
2965  Manumitted (imp. & p. p.) of Manumit
2966  
2967  Manumitting (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Manumit
2968  
2969  "Manumit (v. t.) To release from slavery; to liberate from personal bondage or servitude; to free, as a slave."
2970  
2971  Manumotive (a.) Movable by hand.
2972  
2973  "Manumotor (n.) A small wheel carriage, so constructed that a person sitting in it may move it."
2974  
2975  Manurable (a.) Capable of cultivation.
2976  
2977  Manurable (a.) Capable of receiving a fertilizing substance.
2978  
2979  Manurage (n.) Cultivation.
2980  
2981  Manurance (n.) Cultivation.
2982  
2983  Manured (imp. & p. p.) of Manure
2984  
2985  Manuring (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Manure
2986  
2987  "Manure (v. t.) To cultivate by manual labor; to till; hence, to develop by culture."
2988  
2989  "Manure (v. t.) To apply manure to; to enrich, as land, by the application of a fertilizing substance."
2990  
2991  "Manure (n.) Any matter which makes land productive; a fertilizing substance, as the contents of stables and barnyards, dung, decaying animal or vegetable substances, etc."
2992  
2993  Manurement (n.) Cultivation.
2994  
2995  Manurer (n.) One who manures land.
2996  
2997  Manurial (a.) Relating to manures.
2998  
2999  "Manuring (n.) The act of process of applying manure; also, the manure applied."
3000  
3001  Manus (pl. ) of Manus
3002  
3003  "Manus (n.) The distal segment of the fore limb, including the carpus and fore foot or hand."
3004  
3005  "Manuscript (a.) Written with or by the hand; not printed; as, a manuscript volume."
3006  
3007  "Manuscript (a.) A literary or musical composition written with the hand, as distinguished from a printed copy."
3008  
3009  "Manuscript (a.) Writing, as opposed to print; as, the book exists only in manuscript."
3010  
3011  Manuscriptal (a.) Manuscript.
3012  
3013  Manutenency (n.) Maintenance.
3014  
3015  "Manway (n.) A small passageway, as in a mine, that a man may pass through."
3016  
3017  "Manx (a.) Of or pertaining to the Isle of Man, or its inhabitants; as, the Manx language."
3018  
3019  "Manx (n.) The language of the inhabitants of the Isle of Man, a dialect of the Celtic."
3020  
3021  Many (n.) A retinue of servants; a household.
3022  
3023  Many (a. / pron.) Consisting of a great number; numerous; not few.
3024  
3025  "Many (a.) The populace; the common people; the majority of people, or of a community."
3026  
3027  Many (a.) A large or considerable number.
3028  
3029  Many-minded (a.) Having many faculties; versatile; many-sided.
3030  
3031  "Manyplies (n.) The third division, or that between the reticulum, or honeycomb stomach, and the abomasum, or rennet stomach, in the stomach of ruminants; the omasum; the psalterium. So called from the numerous folds in its mucous membrane. See Illust of Ruminant."
3032  
3033  "Many-sided (a.) Having many sides; -- said of figures. Hence, presenting many questions or subjects for consideration; as, a many-sided topic."
3034  
3035  "Many-sided (a.) Interested in, and having an aptitude for, many unlike pursuits or objects of attention; versatile."
3036  
3037  Manyways (adv.) Alt. of Manywise
3038  
3039  Manywise (adv.) In many different ways; variously.
3040  
3041  "Manzanita (n.) A name given to several species of Arctostaphylos, but mostly to A. glauca and A. pungens, shrubs of California, Oregon, etc., with reddish smooth bark, ovate or oval coriaceous evergreen leaves, and bearing clusters of red berries, which are said to be a favorite food of the grizzly bear."
3042  
3043  Maoris (pl. ) of Maori
3044  
3045  "Maori (n.) One of the aboriginal inhabitants of New Zealand; also, the original language of New Zealand."
3046  
3047  Maori (a.) Of or pertaining to the Maoris or to their language.
3048  
3049  "Map (n.) A representation of the surface of the earth, or of some portion of it, showing the relative position of the parts represented; -- usually on a flat surface. Also, such a representation of the celestial sphere, or of some part of it."
3050  
3051  "Map (n.) Anything which represents graphically a succession of events, states, or acts; as, an historical map."
3052  
3053  Mapped (imp. & p. p.) of Map
3054  
3055  Mapping (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Map
3056  
3057  "Map (v. t.) To represent by a map; -- often with out; as, to survey and map, or map out, a county. Hence, figuratively: To represent or indicate systematically and clearly; to sketch; to plan; as, to map, or map out, a journey; to map out business."
3058  
3059  Mapach (n.) The raccoon.
3060  
3061  "Maple (n.) A tree of the genus Acer, including about fifty species. A. saccharinum is the rock maple, or sugar maple, from the sap of which sugar is made, in the United States, in great quantities, by evaporation; the red or swamp maple is A. rubrum; the silver maple, A. dasycarpum, having fruit wooly when young; the striped maple, A. Pennsylvanium, called also moosewood. The common maple of Europe is A. campestre, the sycamore maple is A. Pseudo-platanus, and the Norway maple is A. platanoides."
3062  
3063  "Maplike (a.) Having or consisting of lines resembling a map; as, the maplike figures in which certain lichens grow."
3064  
3065  "Mappery (n.) The making, or study, of maps."
3066  
3067  "Maqui (n.) A Chilian shrub (Aristotelia Maqui). Its bark furnishes strings for musical instruments, and a medicinal wine is made from its berries."
3068  
3069  Mar (n.) A small lake. See Mere.
3070  
3071  Marred (imp. & p. p.) of Mar
3072  
3073  Marring (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Mar
3074  
3075  "Mar (v.) To make defective; to do injury to, esp. by cutting off or defacing a part; to impair; to disfigure; to deface."
3076  
3077  Mar (v.) To spoil; to ruin.
3078  
3079  "Mar (n.) A mark or blemish made by bruising, scratching, or the like; a disfigurement."
3080  
3081  Mara (n.) The principal or ruling evil spirit.
3082  
3083  "Mara (n.) A female demon who torments people in sleep by crouching on their chests or stomachs, or by causing terrifying visions."
3084  
3085  Mara (n.) The Patagonian cavy (Dolichotis Patagonicus).
3086  
3087  "Marabou (n.) A large stork of the genus Leptoptilos (formerly Ciconia), esp. the African species (L. crumenifer), which furnishes plumes worn as ornaments. The Asiatic species (L. dubius, or L. argala) is the adjutant. See Adjutant."
3088  
3089  Marabou (n.) One having five eighths negro blood; the offspring of a mulatto and a griffe.
3090  
3091  "Marabout (n.) A Mohammedan saint; especially, one who claims to work cures supernaturally."
3092  
3093  Maracan (n.) A macaw.
3094  
3095  Marai (n.) A sacred inclosure or temple; -- so called by the islanders of the Pacific Ocean.
3096  
3097  "Maranatha (n.) ""Our Lord cometh;"" -- an expression used by St. Paul at the conclusion of his first Epistle to the Corinthians (xvi. 22). This word has been used in anathematizing persons for great crimes; as much as to say, ""May the Lord come quickly to take vengeance of thy crimes."" See Anathema maranatha, under Anathema."
3098  
3099  "Maranta (n.) A genus of endogenous plants found in tropical America, and some species also in India. They have tuberous roots containing a large amount of starch, and from one species (Maranta arundinacea) arrowroot is obtained. Many kinds are cultivated for ornament."
3100  
3101  "Maraschino (n.) A liqueur distilled from fermented cherry juice, and flavored with the pit of a variety of cherry which grows in Dalmatia."
3102  
3103  Marasmus (n.) A wasting of flesh without fever or apparent disease; a kind of consumption; atrophy; phthisis.
3104  
3105  Marauded (imp. & p. p.) of Maraud
3106  
3107  Marauding (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Maraud
3108  
3109  Maraud (v. i.) To rove in quest of plunder; to make an excursion for booty; to plunder.
3110  
3111  Maraud (n.) An excursion for plundering.
3112  
3113  Marauder (v.) A rover in quest of booty or plunder; a plunderer; one who pillages.
3114  
3115  "Maravedi (n.) A small copper coin of Spain, equal to three mils American money, less than a farthing sterling. Also, an ancient Spanish gold coin."
3116  
3117  "Marble (n.) A massive, compact limestone; a variety of calcite, capable of being polished and used for architectural and ornamental purposes. The color varies from white to black, being sometimes yellow, red, and green, and frequently beautifully veined or clouded. The name is also given to other rocks of like use and appearance, as serpentine or verd antique marble, and less properly to polished porphyry, granite, etc."
3118  
3119  "Marble (n.) A thing made of, or resembling, marble, as a work of art, or record, in marble; or, in the plural, a collection of such works; as, the Arundel or Arundelian marbles; the Elgin marbles."
3120  
3121  "Marble (n.) A little ball of marble, or of some other hard substance, used as a plaything by children; or, in the plural, a child's game played with marbles."
3122  
3123  "Marble (a.) Made of, or resembling, marble; as, a marble mantel; marble paper."
3124  
3125  "Marble (a.) Cold; hard; unfeeling; as, a marble breast or heart."
3126  
3127  Marbled (imp. & p. p.) of Marble
3128  
3129  Marbling (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Marble
3130  
3131  "Marble (n.) To stain or vein like marble; to variegate in color; as, to marble the edges of a book, or the surface of paper."
3132  
3133  "Marbled (a.) Made of, or faced with, marble."
3134  
3135  Marbled (a.) Made to resemble marble; veined or spotted like marble.
3136  
3137  "Marbled (a.) Varied with irregular markings, or witch a confused blending of irregular spots and streaks."
3138  
3139  "Marble-edged (a.) Having the edge veined or spotted with different colors like marble, as a book."
3140  
3141  Marbleized (imp. & p. p.) of Marbleize
3142  
3143  Marbleizing (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Marbleize
3144  
3145  "Marbleize (v. t.) To stain or grain in imitation of marble; to cover with a surface resembling marble; as, to marbleize slate, wood, or iron."
3146  
3147  Marbler (n.) One who works upon marble or other stone.
3148  
3149  Marbler (n.) One who colors or stains in imitation of marble.
3150  
3151  "Marbling (n.) The art or practice of variegating in color, in imitation of marble."
3152  
3153  "Marbling (n.) An intermixture of fat and lean in meat, giving it a marbled appearance."
3154  
3155  "Marbling (n.) Distinct markings resembling the variegations of marble, as on birds and insects."
3156  
3157  "Marbly (a.) Containing, or resembling, marble."
3158  
3159  Marbrinus (n.) A cloth woven so as to imitate the appearance of marble; -- much used in the 15th and 16th centuries.
3160  
3161  "Marc (n.) The refuse matter which remains after the pressure of fruit, particularly of grapes."
3162  
3163  "Marc (n.) A weight of various commodities, esp. of gold and silver, used in different European countries. In France and Holland it was equal to eight ounces."
3164  
3165  "Marc (n.) A coin formerly current in England and Scotland, equal to thirteen shillings and four pence."
3166  
3167  Marc (n.) A German coin and money of account. See Mark.
3168  
3169  Marcantant (n.) A merchant.
3170  
3171  "Marcasite (n.) A sulphide of iron resembling pyrite or common iron pyrites in composition, but differing in form; white iron pyrites."
3172  
3173  Marcasitic (a.) Alt. of Marcasitical
3174  
3175  "Marcasitical (a.) Containing, or having the nature of, marcasite."
3176  
3177  Marcassin (n.) A young wild boar.
3178  
3179  Marcato (a.) In a marked emphatic manner; -- used adverbially as a direction.
3180  
3181  "Marceline (n.) A thin silk fabric used for linings, etc., in ladies' dresses."
3182  
3183  Marcescent (a.) Withering without/ falling off; fading; decaying.
3184  
3185  Marcescible (a.) Li/ble to wither or decay.
3186  
3187  "March (n.) The third month of the year, containing thirty-one days."
3188  
3189  "March (n.) A territorial border or frontier; a region adjacent to a boundary line; a confine; -- used chiefly in the plural, and in English history applied especially to the border land on the frontiers between England and Scotland, and England and Wales."
3190  
3191  March (v. i.) To border; to be contiguous; to lie side by side.
3192  
3193  Marched (imp. & p. p.) of March
3194  
3195  Marching (p. pr. & vb. n.) of March
3196  
3197  "March (v. i.) To move with regular steps, as a soldier; to walk in a grave, deliberate, or stately manner; to advance steadily."
3198  
3199  "March (v. i.) To proceed by walking in a body or in military order; as, the German army marched into France."
3200  
3201  "March (v. t.) TO cause to move with regular steps in the manner of a soldier; to cause to move in military array, or in a body, as troops; to cause to advance in a steady, regular, or stately manner; to cause to go by peremptory command, or by force."
3202  
3203  March (n.) The act of marching; a movement of soldiers from one stopping place to another; military progress; advance of troops.
3204  
3205  "March (n.) Hence: Measured and regular advance or movement, like that of soldiers moving in order; stately or deliberate walk; steady onward movement."
3206  
3207  "March (n.) The distance passed over in marching; as, an hour's march; a march of twenty miles."
3208  
3209  March (n.) A piece of music designed or fitted to accompany and guide the movement of troops; a piece of music in the march form.
3210  
3211  Macher (n.) One who marches.
3212  
3213  Marcher (n.) The lord or officer who defended the marches or borders of a territory.
3214  
3215  Marchet (n.) Alt. of Merchet
3216  
3217  "Merchet (n.) In old English and in Scots law, a fine paid to the lord of the soil by a tenant upon the marriage of one the tenant's daughters."
3218  
3219  "Marching () a. & n., fr. March, v."
3220  
3221  Marchioness (n.) The wife or the widow of a marquis; a woman who has the rank and dignity of a marquis.
3222  
3223  "March-mad (a.) Extremely rash; foolhardy. See under March, the month."
3224  
3225  Marchman (n.) A person living in the marches between England and Scotland or Wales.
3226  
3227  Marchpane (n.) A kind of sweet bread or biscuit; a cake of pounded almonds and sugar.
3228  
3229  March-ward (n.) A warden of the marches; a marcher.
3230  
3231  Marcian (a.) Under the influence of Mars; courageous; bold.
3232  
3233  Marcid (a.) Pining; lean; withered.
3234  
3235  "Marcid (a.) Characterized by emaciation, as a fever."
3236  
3237  Marcidity (n.) The state or quality of being withered or lean.
3238  
3239  "Marcionite (n.) A follower of Marcion, a Gnostic of the second century, who adopted the Oriental notion of the two conflicting principles, and imagined that between them there existed a third power, neither wholly good nor evil, the Creator of the world and of man, and the God of the Jewish dispensation."
3240  
3241  Marcobrunner (n.) A celebrated Rhine wine.
3242  
3243  Marcor (n.) A wasting away of flesh; decay.
3244  
3245  "Marcosian (n.) One of a Gnostic sect of the second century, so called from Marcus, an Egyptian, who was reputed to be a margician."
3246  
3247  Mardi gras (n.) The last day of Carnival; Shrove Tuesday; -- in some cities a great day of carnival and merrymaking.
3248  
3249  Mare (n.) The female of the horse and other equine quadrupeds.
3250  
3251  "Mare (n.) Sighing, suffocative panting, intercepted utterance, with a sense of pressure across the chest, occurring during sleep; the incubus; -- obsolete, except in the compound nightmare."
3252  
3253  Marechal Niel () A kind of large yellow rose.
3254  
3255  Mareis (n.) A Marsh.
3256  
3257  Marena (n.) A European whitefish of the genus Coregonus.
3258  
3259  Mareschal (n.) A military officer of high rank; a marshal.
3260  
3261  Mare's-nest (n.) A supposed discovery which turns out to be a hoax; something grosaly absurd.
3262  
3263  "Mare's-tail (n.) A long streaky cloud, spreading out like a horse's tail, and believed to indicate rain; a cirrus cloud. See Cloud."
3264  
3265  "Mare's-tail (n.) An aquatic plant of the genus Hippuris (H. vulgaris), having narrow leaves in whorls."
3266  
3267  Margarate (n.) A compound of the so-called margaric acid with a base.
3268  
3269  "Margaric (a.) Pertaining to, or resembling, pearl; pearly."
3270  
3271  "Margarin (n.) A fatty substance, extracted from animal fats and certain vegetable oils, formerly supposed to be a definite compound of glycerin and margaric acid, but now known to be simply a mixture or combination of tristearin and teipalmitin."
3272  
3273  "Marasritaceous (a.) Pertaining to, or resembling, pearl; pearly."
3274  
3275  Margarite (n.) A pearl.
3276  
3277  "Margarite (n.) A mineral related to the micas, but low in silica and yielding brittle folia with pearly luster."
3278  
3279  Margaritic (a.) Margaric.
3280  
3281  Margaritiferous (a.) Producing pearls.
3282  
3283  Margarodite (n.) A hidrous potash mica related to muscovite.
3284  
3285  Margarone (n.) The ketone of margaric acid.
3286  
3287  Margarous (a.) Margaric; -- formerly designating a supposed acid.
3288  
3289  "Margate fish () A sparoid fish (Diabasis aurolineatus) of the Gulf of Mexico, esteemed as a food fish; -- called also red-mouth grunt."
3290  
3291  "Margay (n.) An American wild cat (Felis tigrina), ranging from Mexico to Brazil. It is spotted with black. Called also long-tailed cat."
3292  
3293  Marge (n.) Border; margin; edge; verge.
3294  
3295  Margent (n.) A margin; border; brink; edge.
3296  
3297  Margent (v. t.) To enter or note down upon the margin of a page; to margin.
3298  
3299  "Margin (n.) A border; edge; brink; verge; as, the margin of a river or lake."
3300  
3301  Margin (n.) Specifically: The part of a page at the edge left uncovered in writing or printing.
3302  
3303  Margin (n.) The difference between the cost and the selling price of an article.
3304  
3305  "Margin (n.) Something allowed, or reserved, for that which can not be foreseen or known with certainty."
3306  
3307  "Margin (n.) Collateral security deposited with a broker to secure him from loss on contracts entered into by him on behalf of his principial, as in the speculative buying and selling of stocks, wheat, etc."
3308  
3309  Margined (imp. & p. p.) of Margin
3310  
3311  Marginging (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Margin
3312  
3313  Margin (v. t.) To furnish with a margin.
3314  
3315  Margin (v. t.) To enter in the margin of a page.
3316  
3317  Marginal (a.) Of or pertaining to a margin.
3318  
3319  "Marginal (a.) Written or printed in the margin; as, a marginal note or gloss."
3320  
3321  Marginalia (n. pl.) Marginal notes.
3322  
3323  Marginally (adv.) In the margin of a book.
3324  
3325  Marginate (n.) Having a margin distinct in appearance or structure.
3326  
3327  Marginate (v. t.) To furnish with a distinct margin; to margin.
3328  
3329  "Marginated (a.) Same as Marginate, a."
3330  
3331  Margined (a.) Having a margin.
3332  
3333  Margined (a.) Bordered with a distinct line of color.
3334  
3335  "Marginella (n.) A genus of small, polished, marine univalve shells, native of all warm seas."
3336  
3337  Marginicidal (a.) Dehiscent by the separation of united carpels; -- said of fruits.
3338  
3339  "Margosa (n.) A large tree of genus Melia (M. Azadirachta) found in India. Its bark is bitter, and used as a tonic. A valuable oil is expressed from its seeds, and a tenacious gum exudes from its trunk. The M. Azedarach is a much more showy tree, and is cultivated in the Southern United States, where it is known as Pride of India, Pride of China, or bead tree. Various parts of the tree are considered anthelmintic."
3340  
3341  Margravate (n.) Alt. of Margraviate
3342  
3343  Margraviate (n.) The territory or jurisdiction of a margrave.
3344  
3345  "Margrave (n.) Originally, a lord or keeper of the borders or marches in Germany."
3346  
3347  "Margrave (n.) The English equivalent of the German title of nobility, markgraf; a marquis."
3348  
3349  Margravine (n.) The wife of a margrave.
3350  
3351  Marguerite (n.) The daisy (Bellis perennis). The name is often applied also to the ox-eye daisy and to the China aster.
3352  
3353  "Marian (a.) Pertaining to the Virgin Mary, or sometimes to Mary, Queen of England, daughter of Henry VIII."
3354  
3355  Marie (interj.) Marry.
3356  
3357  "Mariet (n.) A kind of bellflower, Companula Trachelium, once called Viola Mariana; but it is not a violet."
3358  
3359  Marigenous (a.) Produced in or by the sea.
3360  
3361  "Marigold (n.) A name for several plants with golden yellow blossoms, especially the Calendula officinalis (see Calendula), and the cultivated species of Tagetes."
3362  
3363  Marikina (n.) A small marmoset (Midas rosalia); the silky tamarin.
3364  
3365  "Marimba (n.) A musical istrument of percussion, consisting of bars yielding musical tones when struck."
3366  
3367  Marimonda (n.) A spider monkey (Ateles belzebuth) of Central and South America.
3368  
3369  "Marinade (n.) A brine or pickle containing wine and spices, for enriching the flavor of meat and fish."
3370  
3371  "Marinate (v. t.) To salt or pickle, as fish, and then preserve in oil or vinegar; to prepare by the use of marinade."
3372  
3373  "Marine (a.) Of or pertaining to the sea; having to do with the ocean, or with navigation or naval affairs; nautical; as, marine productions or bodies; marine shells; a marine engine."
3374  
3375  "Marine (a.) Formed by the action of the currents or waves of the sea; as, marine deposits."
3376  
3377  Marine (a.) A solider serving on shipboard; a sea soldier; one of a body of troops trained to do duty in the navy.
3378  
3379  "Marine (a.) The sum of naval affairs; naval economy; the department of navigation and sea forces; the collective shipping of a country; as, the mercantile marine."
3380  
3381  Marine (a.) A picture representing some marine subject.
3382  
3383  Marined (a.) Having the lower part of the body like a fish.
3384  
3385  Mariner (n.) One whose occupation is to assist in navigating ships; a seaman or sailor.
3386  
3387  Marinership (n.) Seamanship.
3388  
3389  Marinorama (n.) A representation of a sea view.
3390  
3391  Mariolater (n.) One who worships the Virgin Mary.
3392  
3393  Mariolatry (n.) The worship of the Virgin Mary.
3394  
3395  "Marionette (n.) A puppet moved by strings, as in a puppet show."
3396  
3397  Marionette (n.) The buffel duck.
3398  
3399  "Mariotte's law () See Boyle's law, under Law."
3400  
3401  "Mariposa lily () One of a genus (Calochortus) of tuliplike bulbous herbs with large, and often gaycolored, blossoms. Called also butterfly lily. Most of them are natives of California."
3402  
3403  Mariput (n.) A species of civet; the zoril.
3404  
3405  "Marish (n.) Low, wet ground; a marsh; a fen; a bog; a moor."
3406  
3407  Marish (a.) Moory; fenny; boggy.
3408  
3409  Marish (a.) Growing in marshes.
3410  
3411  "Marital (v.) Of or pertaining to a husband; as, marital rights, duties, authority."
3412  
3413  Maritated (a.) Having a husband; married.
3414  
3415  Maritimal (a.) Alt. of Maritimale
3416  
3417  Maritimale (a.) See Maritime.
3418  
3419  "Maritime (a.) Bordering on, or situated near, the ocean; connected with the sea by site, interest, or power; having shipping and commerce or a navy; as, maritime states."
3420  
3421  "Maritime (a.) Of or pertaining to the ocean; marine; pertaining to navigation and naval affairs, or to shipping and commerce by sea."
3422  
3423  "Marjoram (n.) A genus of mintlike plants (Origanum) comprising about twenty-five species. The sweet marjoram (O. Majorana) is pecularly aromatic and fragrant, and much used in cookery. The wild marjoram of Europe and America is O. vulgare, far less fragrant than the other."
3424  
3425  Mark (n.) A license of reprisals. See Marque.
3426  
3427  Mark (n.) An old weight and coin. See Marc.
3428  
3429  "Mark (n.) The unit of monetary account of the German Empire, equal to 23.8 cents of United States money; the equivalent of one hundred pfennigs. Also, a silver coin of this value."
3430  
3431  "Mark (n.) A visible sign or impression made or left upon anything; esp., a line, point, stamp, figure, or the like, drawn or impressed, so as to attract the attention and convey some information or intimation; a token; a trace."
3432  
3433  Mark (n.) A character or device put on an article of merchandise by the maker to show by whom it was made; a trade-mark.
3434  
3435  Mark (n.) A character (usually a cross) made as a substitute for a signature by one who can not write.
3436  
3437  "Mark (n.) A fixed object serving for guidance, as of a ship, a traveler, a surveyor, etc.; as, a seamark, a landmark."
3438  
3439  "Mark (n.) A trace, dot, line, imprint, or discoloration, although not regarded as a token or sign; a scratch, scar, stain, etc.; as, this pencil makes a fine mark."
3440  
3441  "Mark (n.) An evidence of presence, agency, or influence; a significative token; a symptom; a trace; specifically, a permanent impression of one's activity or character."
3442  
3443  Mark (n.) That toward which a missile is directed; a thing aimed at; what one seeks to hit or reach.
3444  
3445  "Mark (n.) Attention, regard, or respect."
3446  
3447  "Mark (n.) Limit or standard of action or fact; as, to be within the mark; to come up to the mark."
3448  
3449  "Mark (n.) Badge or sign of honor, rank, or official station."
3450  
3451  "Mark (n.) Preeminence; high position; as, particians of mark; a fellow of no mark."
3452  
3453  Mark (n.) A characteristic or essential attribute; a differential.
3454  
3455  "Mark (n.) A number or other character used in registring; as, examination marks; a mark for tardiness."
3456  
3457  "Mark (n.) Image; likeness; hence, those formed in one's image; children; descendants."
3458  
3459  "Mark (n.) One of the bits of leather or colored bunting which are placed upon a sounding line at intervals of from two to five fathoms. The unmarked fathoms are called ""deeps."""
3460  
3461  Marked (imp. & p. p.) of Mark
3462  
3463  Marking (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Mark
3464  
3465  "Mark (v. t.) To put a mark upon; to affix a significant mark to; to make recognizable by a mark; as, to mark a box or bale of merchandise; to mark clothing."
3466  
3467  "Mark (v. t.) To be a mark upon; to designate; to indicate; -- used literally and figuratively; as, this monument marks the spot where Wolfe died; his courage and energy marked him for a leader."
3468  
3469  "Mark (v. t.) To leave a trace, scratch, scar, or other mark, upon, or any evidence of action; as, a pencil marks paper; his hobnails marked the floor."
3470  
3471  "Mark (v. t.) To keep account of; to enumerate and register; as, to mark the points in a game of billiards or cards."
3472  
3473  Mark (v. t.) To notice or observe; to give attention to; to take note of; to remark; to heed; to regard.
3474  
3475  Mark (v. i.) To take particular notice; to observe critically; to note; to remark.
3476  
3477  Markable (a.) Remarkable.
3478  
3479  "Marked (a.) Designated or distinguished by, or as by, a mark; hence; noticeable; conspicuous; as, a marked card; a marked coin; a marked instance."
3480  
3481  Markee (n.) See Marquee.
3482  
3483  Marker (n.) One who or that which marks.
3484  
3485  "Marker (n.) One who keeps account of a game played, as of billiards."
3486  
3487  Marker (n.) A counter used in card playing and other games.
3488  
3489  "Marker (n.) The soldier who forms the pilot of a wheeling column, or marks the direction of an alignment."
3490  
3491  Marker (n.) An attachment to a sewing machine for marking a line on the fabric by creasing it.
3492  
3493  "Market (n.) A meeting together of people, at a stated time and place, for the purpose of traffic (as in cattle, provisions, wares, etc.) by private purchase and sale, and not by auction; as, a market is held in the town every week."
3494  
3495  "Market (n.) A public place (as an open space in a town) or a large building, where a market is held; a market place or market house; esp., a place where provisions are sold."
3496  
3497  "Market (n.) An opportunity for selling anything; demand, as shown by price offered or obtainable; a town, region, or country, where the demand exists; as, to find a market for one's wares; there is no market for woolen cloths in that region; India is a market for English goods."
3498  
3499  "Market (n.) Exchange, or purchase and sale; traffic; as, a dull market; a slow market."
3500  
3501  Market (n.) The price for which a thing is sold in a market; market price. Hence: Value; worth.
3502  
3503  Market (n.) The privelege granted to a town of having a public market.
3504  
3505  Marketed (imp. & p. p.) of Market
3506  
3507  Marketing (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Market
3508  
3509  Market (v. i.) To deal in a market; to buy or sell; to make bargains for provisions or goods.
3510  
3511  "Market (v. t.) To expose for sale in a market; to traffic in; to sell in a market, and in an extended sense, to sell in any manner; as, most of the farmes have marketed their crops."
3512  
3513  "Marketable (a.) Fit to be offered for sale in a market; such as may be justly and lawfully sold; as, dacaye/ provisions are not marketable."
3514  
3515  "Marketable (a.) Current in market; as, marketable value."
3516  
3517  "Marketable (a.) Wanted by purchasers; salable; as, furs are not marketable in that country."
3518  
3519  Marketableness (n.) Quality of being marketable.
3520  
3521  Marketer (n.) One who attends a market to buy or sell; one who carries goods to market.
3522  
3523  "Marketing (n.) The act of selling or of purchasing in, or as in, a market."
3524  
3525  "Marketing (n.) Articles in, or from, a market; supplies."
3526  
3527  Marketstead (n.) A market place.
3528  
3529  "Markhoor (n.) A large wild goat (Capra megaceros), having huge flattened spiral horns. It inhabits the mountains of Northern India and Cashmere."
3530  
3531  "Marking (n.) The act of one who, or that which, marks; the mark or marks made; arrangement or disposition of marks or coloring; as, the marking of a bird's plumage."
3532  
3533  Markis (n.) A marquis.
3534  
3535  Markisesse (n.) A marchioness.
3536  
3537  Markman (n.) A marksman.
3538  
3539  Marksmen (pl. ) of Marksman
3540  
3541  Marksman (n.) One skillful to hit a mark with a missile; one who shoots well.
3542  
3543  "Marksman (n.) One who makes his mark, instead of writing his name, in signing documents."
3544  
3545  Marksmanship (n.) Skill of a marksman.
3546  
3547  "Marl (v. t.) To cover, as part of a rope, with marline, marking a pecular hitch at each turn to prevent unwinding."
3548  
3549  "Marl (n.) A mixed earthy substance, consisting of carbonate of lime, clay, and sand, in very varivble proportions, and accordingly designated as calcareous, clayey, or sandy. See Greensand."
3550  
3551  Marled (imp. & p. p.) of Marl
3552  
3553  Marling (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Marl
3554  
3555  "Marl (n.) To overspread or manure with marl; as, to marl a field."
3556  
3557  Marlaceous (a.) Resembling marl; partaking of the qualities of marl.
3558  
3559  Marlin (n.) The American great marbled godwit (Limosa fedoa). Applied also to the red-breasted godwit (Limosa haematica).
3560  
3561  "Marline (v.) A small line composed of two strands a little twisted, used for winding around ropes and cables, to prevent their being weakened by fretting."
3562  
3563  "Marline (v. t.) To wind marline around; as, to marline a rope."
3564  
3565  Marlite (n.) A variety of marl.
3566  
3567  Marlitic (a.) Partaking of the qualites of marlite.
3568  
3569  Marlpit (n.) Apit where marl is dug.
3570  
3571  "Marlstone (n.) A sandy calcareous straum, containing, or impregnated with, iron, and lying between the upper and lower Lias of England."
3572  
3573  Marly (superl.) Consisting or partaking of marl; resembling marl; abounding with marl.
3574  
3575  "Marmalade (n.) A preserve or confection made of the pulp of fruit, as the quince, pear, apple, orange, etc., boiled with sugar, and brought to a jamlike consistence."
3576  
3577  Marmalet (n.) See Marmalade.
3578  
3579  "Marmatite (n.) A ferruginous variety of shalerite or zinc blende, nearly black in color."
3580  
3581  "Marmolite (n.) A thin, laminated variety of serpentine, usually of a pale green color."
3582  
3583  "Marmoraceous (a.) Pertaining to, or like, marble."
3584  
3585  Marmorate (a.) Alt. of Marmorated
3586  
3587  Marmorated (a.) Variegated like marble; covered or overlaid with marble.
3588  
3589  Marmoration (n.) A covering or incrusting with marble; a casing of marble; a variegating so as to resemble marble.
3590  
3591  "Marmoratum opus () A kind of hard finish for plasterwork, made of plaster of Paris and marble dust, and capable of taking a high polish."
3592  
3593  Marmoreal (a.) Alt. of Marmorean
3594  
3595  "Marmorean (a.) Pertaining to, or resembling, marble; made of marble."
3596  
3597  "Marmorosis (n.) The metamorphism of limestone, that is, its conversion into marble."
3598  
3599  Marmose (n.) A species of small opossum (Didelphus murina) ranging from Mexico to Brazil.
3600  
3601  "Marmoset (n.) Any one of numerous species of small South American monkeys of the genera Hapale and Midas, family Hapalidae. They have long soft fur, and a hairy, nonprehensile tail. They are often kept as pets. Called also squirrel monkey."
3602  
3603  "Marmot (n.) Any rodent of the genus Arctomys. The common European marmot (A. marmotta) is about the size of a rabbit, and inhabits the higher regions of the Alps and Pyrenees. The bobac is another European species. The common American species (A. monax) is the woodchuck."
3604  
3605  "Marmot (n.) Any one of several species of ground squirrels or gophers of the genus Spermophilus; also, the prairie dog."
3606  
3607  Marmottes oil () A fine oil obtained from the kernel of Prunus brigantiaca. It is used instead of olive or almond oil.
3608  
3609  Marmozet (n.) See Marmoset.
3610  
3611  "Marone (n.) See Maroon, the color."
3612  
3613  Maronites (pl. ) of Maronite
3614  
3615  "Maronite (n.) One of a body of nominal Christians, who speak the Arabic language, and reside on Mount Lebanon and in different parts of Syria. They take their name from one Maron of the 6th century."
3616  
3617  "Maroon (n.) In the West Indies and Guiana, a fugitive slave, or a free negro, living in the mountains."
3618  
3619  Marooned (imp. & p. p.) of Maroon
3620  
3621  Marooning (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Maroon
3622  
3623  Maroon (v. t.) To put (a person) ashore on a desolate island or coast and leave him to his fate.
3624  
3625  Maroon (a.) Having the color called maroon. See 4th Maroon.
3626  
3627  "Maroon (n.) A brownish or dull red of any description, esp. of a scarlet cast rather than approaching crimson or purple."
3628  
3629  "Maroon (n.) An explosive shell. See Marron, 3."
3630  
3631  "Marplot (n.) One who, by his officious /nterference, mars or frustrates a design or plot."
3632  
3633  "Marque (n.) A license to pass the limits of a jurisdiction, or boundary of a country, for the purpose of making reprisals."
3634  
3635  "Marquee (n.) A large field tent; esp., one adapted to the use of an officer of high rank."
3636  
3637  Marquess (n.) A marquis.
3638  
3639  "Marquetry (n.) Inlaid work; work inlaid with pieces of wood, shells, ivory, and the like, of several colors."
3640  
3641  "Marquis (n.) A nobleman in England, France, and Germany, of a rank next below that of duke. Originally, the marquis was an officer whose duty was to guard the marches or frontiers of the kingdom. The office has ceased, and the name is now a mere title conferred by patent."
3642  
3643  "Marquisate (n.) The seigniory, dignity, or lordship of a marquis; the territory governed by a marquis."
3644  
3645  Marquisdom (n.) A marquisate.
3646  
3647  Marquise (n.) The wife of a marquis; a marchioness.
3648  
3649  Marquisship (n.) A marquisate.
3650  
3651  "Marram (n.) A coarse grass found on sandy beaches (Ammophila arundinacea). See Beach grass, under Beach."
3652  
3653  Marrer (n.) One who mars or injures.
3654  
3655  Marriable (a.) Marriageable.
3656  
3657  "Marriage (v. t.) The act of marrying, or the state of being married; legal union of a man and a woman for life, as husband and wife; wedlock; matrimony."
3658  
3659  Marriage (v. t.) The marriage vow or contract.
3660  
3661  Marriage (v. t.) A feast made on the occasion of a marriage.
3662  
3663  Marriage (v. t.) Any intimate or close union.
3664  
3665  Marriageability (n.) The quality or state of being marriageable.
3666  
3667  "Marriageable (a.) Fit for, or capable of, marriage; of an age at which marriage is allowable."
3668  
3669  "Marrried (a.) Being in the state of matrimony; wedded; as, a married man or woman."
3670  
3671  "Marrried (a.) Of or pertaining to marriage; connubial; as, the married state."
3672  
3673  Marrier (n.) One who marries.
3674  
3675  Marron (a.) A large chestnut.
3676  
3677  Marron (a.) A chestnut color; maroon.
3678  
3679  "Marron (a.) A paper or pasteboard box or shell, wound about with strong twine, filled with an explosive, and ignited with a fuse, -- used to make a noise like a cannon."
3680  
3681  Marroon (n. & a.) Same as 1st Maroon.
3682  
3683  Marrot (n.) The razor-billed auk. See Auk.
3684  
3685  Marrot (n.) The common guillemot.
3686  
3687  Marrot (n.) The puffin.
3688  
3689  "Marrow (n.) The tissue which fills the cavities of most bones; the medulla. In the larger cavities it is commonly very fatty, but in the smaller cavities it is much less fatty, and red or reddish in color."
3690  
3691  Marrow (n.) The essence; the best part.
3692  
3693  Marrow (n.) One of a pair; a match; a companion; an intimate associate.
3694  
3695  Marrowed (imp. & p. p.) of Marrow
3696  
3697  Marrowing (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Marrow
3698  
3699  "Marrow (v. t.) To fill with, or as with, marrow of fat; to glut."
3700  
3701  "Marrowbone (n.) A bone containing marrow; pl. ludicrously, knee bones or knees; as, to get down on one's marrowbones, i. e., to kneel."
3702  
3703  Marrowfat (n.) A rich but late variety of pea.
3704  
3705  "Marrowish (a.) Of the nature of, or like, marrow."
3706  
3707  Marrowless (a.) Destitute of marrow.
3708  
3709  Marrowy (a.) Full of marrow; pithy.
3710  
3711  "Marrubium (n.) A genus of bitter aromatic plants, sometimes used in medicine; hoarhound."
3712  
3713  Married (imp. & p. p.) of Marry
3714  
3715  Marrying (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Marry
3716  
3717  "Marry (v. t.) To unite in wedlock or matrimony; to perform the ceremony of joining, as a man and a woman, for life; to constitute (a man and a woman) husband and wife according to the laws or customs of the place."
3718  
3719  "Marry (v. t.) To join according to law, (a man) to a woman as his wife, or (a woman) to a man as her husband. See the Note to def. 4."
3720  
3721  Marry (v. t.) To dispose of in wedlock; to give away as wife.
3722  
3723  Marry (v. t.) To take for husband or wife. See the Note below.
3724  
3725  "Marry (v. t.) Figuratively, to unite in the closest and most endearing relation."
3726  
3727  Marry (v. i.) To enter into the conjugal or connubial state; to take a husband or a wife.
3728  
3729  Marry (interj.) Indeed ! in truth ! -- a term of asseveration said to have been derived from the practice of swearing by the Virgin Mary.
3730  
3731  Mars (n.) The god of war and husbandry.
3732  
3733  "Mars (n.) One of the planets of the solar system, the fourth in order from the sun, or the next beyond the earth, having a diameter of about 4,200 miles, a period of 687 days, and a mean distance of 141,000,000 miles. It is conspicuous for the redness of its light."
3734  
3735  "Mars (n.) The metallic element iron, the symbol of which / was the same as that of the planet Mars."
3736  
3737  Marsala (n.) A kind of wine exported from Marsala in Sicily.
3738  
3739  "Marsdenia (n.) A genus of plants of the Milkweed family, mostly woody climbers with fragrant flowers, several species of which furnish valuable fiber, and one species (Marsdenia tinctoria) affords indigo."
3740  
3741  Marseillais (a. f.) Alt. of Marseillaise
3742  
3743  "Marseillaise (a. f.) Of or pertaining to Marseilles, in France, or to its inhabitants."
3744  
3745  Marseillais (n. f.) Alt. of Marseillaise
3746  
3747  Marseillaise (n. f.) A native or inhabitant of Marseilles.
3748  
3749  "Marseilles (n.) A general term for certain kinds of fabrics, which are formed of two series of threads interlacing each other, thus forming double cloth, quilted in the loom; -- so named because first made in Marseilles, France."
3750  
3751  "Marsh (n.) A tract of soft wet land, commonly covered partially or wholly with water; a fen; a swamp; a morass."
3752  
3753  "Marshal (n.) Originally, an officer who had the care of horses; a groom."
3754  
3755  "Marshal (n.) An officer of high rank, charged with the arrangement of ceremonies, the conduct of operations, or the like"
3756  
3757  Marshal (n.) One who goes before a prince to declare his coming and provide entertainment; a harbinger; a pursuivant.
3758  
3759  "Marshal (n.) One who regulates rank and order at a feast or any other assembly, directs the order of procession, and the like."
3760  
3761  "Marshal (n.) The chief officer of arms, whose duty it was, in ancient times, to regulate combats in the lists."
3762  
3763  Marshal (n.) The highest military officer.
3764  
3765  "Marshal (n.) A ministerial officer, appointed for each judicial district of the United States, to execute the process of the courts of the United States, and perform various duties, similar to those of a sheriff. The name is also sometimes applied to certain police officers of a city."
3766  
3767  Marshaled (imp. & p. p.) of Marshal
3768  
3769  Marshalled () of Marshal
3770  
3771  Marshaling (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Marshal
3772  
3773  Marshalling () of Marshal
3774  
3775  "Marshal (v. t.) To dispose in order; to arrange in a suitable manner; as, to marshal troops or an army."
3776  
3777  "Marshal (v. t.) To direct, guide, or lead."
3778  
3779  "Marshal (v. t.) To dispose in due order, as the different quarterings on an escutcheon, or the different crests when several belong to an achievement."
3780  
3781  Marshaler (n.) One who marshals.
3782  
3783  Marshaling (n.) The act of arranging in due order.
3784  
3785  Marshaling (n.) The arrangement of an escutcheon to exhibit the alliances of the owner.
3786  
3787  "Marshalsea (n.) The court or seat of a marshal; hence, the prison in Southwark, belonging to the marshal of the king's household."
3788  
3789  Marshalship (n.) The office of a marshal.
3790  
3791  Marshbanker (n.) Alt. of Marsebanker
3792  
3793  Marsebanker (n.) The menhaden.
3794  
3795  Marshiness (n.) The state or condition of being marshy.
3796  
3797  "Marsh marigold () A perennial plant of the genus Caltha (C. palustris), growing in wet places and bearing bright yellow flowers. In the United States it is used as a pot herb under the name of cowslip. See Cowslip."
3798  
3799  Marshy (a.) Resembling a marsh; wet; boggy; fenny.
3800  
3801  "Marshy (a.) Pertaining to, or produced in, marshes; as, a marshy weed."
3802  
3803  Marsipobranch (n.) One of the Marsipobranchia.
3804  
3805  "Marsipobranchia (n. pl.) A class of Vertebrata, lower than fishes, characterized by their purselike gill cavities, cartilaginous skeletons, absence of limbs, and a suckerlike mouth destitute of jaws. It includes the lampreys and hagfishes. See Cyclostoma, and Lamprey. Called also Marsipobranchiata, and Marsipobranchii."
3806  
3807  Marsupial (a.) Having a pouch for carrying the immature young; of or pertaining to the Marsupialia.
3808  
3809  "Marsupial (a.) Of or pertaining to a marsupium; as, the marsupial bones."
3810  
3811  Marsupial (n.) One of the Marsupialia.
3812  
3813  "Marsupialia (n. pl.) A subclass of Mammalia, including nearly all the mammals of Australia and the adjacent islands, together with the opossums of America. They differ from ordinary mammals in having the corpus callosum very small, in being implacental, and in having their young born while very immature. The female generally carries the young for some time after birth in an external pouch, or marsupium. Called also Marsupiata."
3814  
3815  Marsupialian (n.) Alt. of Marsupian
3816  
3817  Marsupian (n.) One of the Marsupialia.
3818  
3819  "Marsupiate (a.) Related to or resembling the marsupials; furnished with a pouch for the young, as the marsupials, and also some fishes and Crustacea."
3820  
3821  Marsupion (n.) Same as Marsupium.
3822  
3823  "Marsupite (n.) A fossil crinoid of the genus Marsupites, resembling a purse in form."
3824  
3825  Marsupia (pl. ) of Marsupium
3826  
3827  "Marsupium (n.) The pouch, formed by a fold of the skin of the abdomen, in which marsupials carry their young; also, a pouch for similar use in other animals, as certain Crustacea."
3828  
3829  Marsupium (n.) The pecten in the eye of birds and reptiles. See Pecten.
3830  
3831  Mart (n.) A market.
3832  
3833  Mart (n.) A bargain.
3834  
3835  "Mart (v. t.) To buy or sell in, or as in, a mart."
3836  
3837  Mart (v. t.) To traffic.
3838  
3839  Mart (n.) The god Mars.
3840  
3841  Mart (n.) Battle; contest.
3842  
3843  "Martagon (n.) A lily (Lilium Martagon) with purplish red flowers, found in Europe and Asia."
3844  
3845  "Martel (v. i.) To make a blow with, or as with, a hammer."
3846  
3847  "Martel de fer () A weapon resembling a hammer, often having one side of the head pointed; -- used by horsemen in the Middle Ages to break armor."
3848  
3849  Marteline (n.) A small hammer used by marble workers and sculptors.
3850  
3851  "Martello tower () A building of masonry, generally circular, usually erected on the seacoast, with a gun on the summit mounted on a traversing platform, so as to be fired in any direction."
3852  
3853  Marten (n.) A bird. See Martin.
3854  
3855  "Marten (n.) Any one of several fur-bearing carnivores of the genus Mustela, closely allied to the sable. Among the more important species are the European beech, or stone, marten (Mustela foina); the pine marten (M. martes); and the American marten, or sable (M. Americana), which some zoologists consider only a variety of the Russian sable."
3856  
3857  "Marten (n.) The fur of the marten, used for hats, muffs, etc."
3858  
3859  Martern (n.) Same as Marten.
3860  
3861  Mar-text (n.) A blundering preacher.
3862  
3863  "Martial (a.) Of, pertaining to, or suited for, war; military; as, martial music; a martial appearance."
3864  
3865  "Martial (a.) Practiced in, or inclined to, war; warlike; brave."
3866  
3867  "Martial (a.) Belonging to war, or to an army and navy; -- opposed to civil; as, martial law; a court-martial."
3868  
3869  "Martial (a.) Pertaining to, or resembling, the god, or the planet, Mars."
3870  
3871  "Martial (a.) Pertaining to, or containing, iron; chalybeate; as, martial preparations."
3872  
3873  Martialism (n.) The quality of being warlike; exercises suitable for war.
3874  
3875  Martialist (n.) A warrior.
3876  
3877  Martialized (imp. & p. p.) of Martialize
3878  
3879  Martializing (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Martialize
3880  
3881  "Martialize (v. t.) To render warlike; as, to martialize a people."
3882  
3883  Martially (adv.) In a martial manner.
3884  
3885  Martialness (n.) The quality of being martial.
3886  
3887  Martin (n.) A perforated stone-faced runner for grinding.
3888  
3889  "Martin (n.) One of several species of swallows, usually having the tail less deeply forked than the tail of the common swallows."
3890  
3891  "Martinet (n.) In military language, a strict disciplinarian; in general, one who lays stress on a rigid adherence to the details of discipline, or to forms and fixed methods."
3892  
3893  Martinet (n.) The martin.
3894  
3895  "Martineta (n.) A species of tinamou (Calopezus elegans), having a long slender crest."
3896  
3897  "Martinetism (n.) The principles or practices of a martinet; rigid adherence to discipline, etc."
3898  
3899  Martingale (n.) Alt. of Martingal
3900  
3901  "Martingal (n.) A strap fastened to a horse's girth, passing between his fore legs, and fastened to the bit, or now more commonly ending in two rings, through which the reins pass. It is intended to hold down the head of the horse, and prevent him from rearing."
3902  
3903  "Martingal (n.) A lower stay of rope or chain for the jib boom or flying jib boom, fastened to, or reeved through, the dolphin striker. Also, the dolphin striker itself."
3904  
3905  "Martingal (n.) The act of doubling, at each stake, that which has been lost on the preceding stake; also, the sum so risked; -- metaphorically derived from the bifurcation of the martingale of a harness."
3906  
3907  "Martinmas (n.) The feast of St. Martin, the eleventh of November; -- often called martlemans."
3908  
3909  "Martite (n.) Iron sesquioxide in isometric form, probably a pseudomorph after magnetite."
3910  
3911  Martlemas (n.) See Martinmas.
3912  
3913  Martlet (n.) The European house martin.
3914  
3915  Martlet (n.) A bird without beak or feet; -- generally assumed to represent a martin. As a mark of cadency it denotes the fourth son.
3916  
3917  "Martyr (n.) One who, by his death, bears witness to the truth of the gospel; one who is put to death for his religion; as, Stephen was the first Christian martyr."
3918  
3919  "Martyr (n.) Hence, one who sacrifices his life, his station, or what is of great value to him, for the sake of principle, or to sustain a cause."
3920  
3921  Martyred (imp. & p. p.) of Martyr
3922  
3923  Martyring (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Martyr
3924  
3925  "Martyr (v. t.) To put to death for adhering to some belief, esp. Christianity; to sacrifice on account of faith or profession."
3926  
3927  Martyr (v. t.) To persecute; to torment; to torture.
3928  
3929  "Martyrdom (n.) The condition of a martyr; the death of a martyr; the suffering of death on account of adherence to the Christian faith, or to any cause."
3930  
3931  Martyrdom (n.) Affliction; torment; torture.
3932  
3933  "Martyrization (n.) Act of martyrizing, or state of being martyrized; torture."
3934  
3935  Martyrize (v. t.) To make a martyr of.
3936  
3937  Martyrly (adv.) In the manner of a martyr.
3938  
3939  Martyrologe (n.) A martyrology.
3940  
3941  Martyrologic (a.) Alt. of Martyrological
3942  
3943  "Martyrological (a.) Pertaining to martyrology or martyrs; registering, or registered in, a catalogue of martyrs."
3944  
3945  Martyrologist (n.) A writer of martyrology; an historian of martyrs.
3946  
3947  -gies (pl. ) of Martyrology
3948  
3949  Martyrology (n.) A history or account of martyrs; a register of martyrs.
3950  
3951  Martyrship (n.) Martyrdom.
3952  
3953  Marvel (n.) That which causes wonder; a prodigy; a miracle.
3954  
3955  Marvel (n.) Wonder.
3956  
3957  Marveled (imp. & p. p.) of Marvel
3958  
3959  Marvelled () of Marvel
3960  
3961  Marveling (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Marvel
3962  
3963  Marvelling () of Marvel
3964  
3965  "Marvel (v. i.) To be struck with surprise, astonishment, or wonder; to wonder."
3966  
3967  Marvel (v. t.) To marvel at.
3968  
3969  "Marvel (v. t.) To cause to marvel, or be surprised; -- used impersonally."
3970  
3971  Marvelous (n.) Exciting wonder or surprise; astonishing; wonderful.
3972  
3973  "Marvelous (n.) Partaking of the character of miracle, or supernatural power; incredible."
3974  
3975  Marvelously (adv.) In a marvelous manner; wonderfully; strangely.
3976  
3977  Marvelousness (n.) The quality or state of being marvelous; wonderfulness; strangeness.
3978  
3979  "Marver (n.) A stone, or cast-iron plate, or former, on which hot glass is rolled to give it shape."
3980  
3981  Mary (n.) Marrow.
3982  
3983  Mary (interj.) See Marry.
3984  
3985  Mary-bud (n.) The marigold; a blossom of the marigold.
3986  
3987  Maryolatry (n.) Mariolatry.
3988  
3989  "Marysole (n.) A large British fluke, or flounder (Rhombus megastoma); -- called also carter, and whiff."
3990  
3991  Mascagnin (n.) Alt. of Mascagnite
3992  
3993  "Mascagnite (n.) Native sulphate of ammonia, found in volcanic districts; -- so named from Mascagni, who discovered it."
3994  
3995  Mascle (n.) A lozenge voided.
3996  
3997  "Mascled (a.) Composed of, or covered with, lozenge-shaped scales; having lozenge-shaped divisions."
3998  
3999  Mascot (n.) Alt. of Mascotte
4000  
4001  Mascotte (n.) A person who is supposed to bring good luck to the household to which he or she belongs; anything that brings good luck.
4002  
4003  Masculate (v. t.) To make strong.
4004  
4005  Masculine (a.) Of the male sex; not female.
4006  
4007  "Masculine (a.) Having the qualities of a man; suitable to, or characteristic of, a man; virile; not feminine or effeminate; strong; robust."
4008  
4009  "Masculine (a.) Belonging to males; appropriated to, or used by, males."
4010  
4011  "Masculine (a.) Having the inflections of, or construed with, words pertaining especially to male beings, as distinguished from feminine and neuter. See Gender."
4012  
4013  Masculinity (n.) The state or quality of being masculine; masculineness.
4014  
4015  Mase (n. & v.) See Maze.
4016  
4017  "Maselyn (n.) A drinking cup. See 1st Maslin, 2."
4018  
4019  Maser (n.) Same as Mazer.
4020  
4021  Mash (n.) A mesh.
4022  
4023  "Mash (n.) A mass of mixed ingredients reduced to a soft pulpy state by beating or pressure; a mass of anything in a soft pulpy state. Specifically (Brewing), ground or bruised malt, or meal of rye, wheat, corn, or other grain (or a mixture of malt and meal) steeped and stirred in hot water for making the wort."
4024  
4025  Mash (n.) A mixture of meal or bran and water fed to animals.
4026  
4027  Mash (n.) A mess; trouble.
4028  
4029  Mashed (imp. & p. p.) of Mash
4030  
4031  Mashing (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Mash
4032  
4033  "Mash (v. t.) To convert into a mash; to reduce to a soft pulpy state by beating or pressure; to bruise; to crush; as, to mash apples in a mill, or potatoes with a pestle. Specifically (Brewing), to convert, as malt, or malt and meal, into the mash which makes wort."
4034  
4035  "Masher (n.) One who, or that which, mashes; also (Brewing), a machine for making mash."
4036  
4037  Masher (n.) A charmer of women.
4038  
4039  Mashlin (n.) See Maslin.
4040  
4041  "Mashy (a.) Produced by crushing or bruising; resembling, or consisting of, a mash."
4042  
4043  "Mask (n.) A cover, or partial cover, for the face, used for disguise or protection; as, a dancer's mask; a fencer's mask; a ball player's mask."
4044  
4045  Mask (n.) That which disguises; a pretext or subterfuge.
4046  
4047  "Mask (n.) A festive entertainment of dancing or other diversions, where all wear masks; a masquerade; hence, a revel; a frolic; a delusive show."
4048  
4049  "Mask (n.) A dramatic performance, formerly in vogue, in which the actors wore masks and represented mythical or allegorical characters."
4050  
4051  "Mask (n.) A grotesque head or face, used to adorn keystones and other prominent parts, to spout water in fountains, and the like; -- called also mascaron."
4052  
4053  "Mask (n.) In a permanent fortification, a redoubt which protects the caponiere."
4054  
4055  Mask (n.) A screen for a battery.
4056  
4057  "Mask (n.) The lower lip of the larva of a dragon fly, modified so as to form a prehensile organ."
4058  
4059  Masked (imp. & p. p.) of Mask
4060  
4061  Masking (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Mask
4062  
4063  "Mask (v. t.) To cover, as the face, by way of concealment or defense against injury; to conceal with a mask or visor."
4064  
4065  Mask (v. t.) To disguise; to cover; to hide.
4066  
4067  "Mask (v. t.) To conceal; also, to intervene in the line of."
4068  
4069  "Mask (v. t.) To cover or keep in check; as, to mask a body of troops or a fortess by a superior force, while some hostile evolution is being carried out."
4070  
4071  Mask (v. i.) To take part as a masker in a masquerade.
4072  
4073  Mask (v. i.) To wear a mask; to be disguised in any way.
4074  
4075  Masked (a.) Wearing a mask or masks; characterized by masks; cincealed; hidden.
4076  
4077  Masked (a.) Same as Personate.
4078  
4079  Masked (a.) Having the anterior part of the head differing decidedly in color from the rest of the plumage; -- said of birds.
4080  
4081  Masker (n.) One who wears a mask; one who appears in disguise at a masquerade.
4082  
4083  Masker (v. t.) To confuse; to stupefy.
4084  
4085  Maskery (n.) The dress or disguise of a maske/; masquerade.
4086  
4087  Maskinonge (n.) The muskellunge.
4088  
4089  "Mask shell () Any spiral marine shell of the genus Persona, having a curiously twisted aperture."
4090  
4091  "Maslach (n.) An excitant containing opium, much used by the Turks."
4092  
4093  Maslin (n.) A mixture composed of different materials
4094  
4095  Maslin (n.) A mixture of metals resembling brass.
4096  
4097  "Maslin (n.) A mixture of different sorts of grain, as wheat and rye."
4098  
4099  "Maslin (n.) A vessel made of maslin, 1 (a)."
4100  
4101  "Maslin (a.) Composed of different sorts; as, maslin bread, which is made of rye mixed with a little wheat."
4102  
4103  "Mason (n.) One whose occupation is to build with stone or brick; also, one who prepares stone for building purposes."
4104  
4105  Mason (n.) A member of the fraternity of Freemasons. See Freemason.
4106  
4107  "Mason (v. t.) To build stonework or brickwork about, under, in, over, etc.; to construct by masons; -- with a prepositional suffix; as, to mason up a well or terrace; to mason in a kettle or boiler."
4108  
4109  Masonic (a.) Of or pertaining to Freemasons or to their craft or mysteries.
4110  
4111  Masonry (n.) The art or occupation of a mason.
4112  
4113  "Masonry (n.) The work or performance of a mason; as, good or bad masonry; skillful masonry."
4114  
4115  "Masonry (n.) That which is built by a mason; anything constructed of the materials used by masons, such as stone, brick, tiles, or the like. Dry masonry is applied to structures made without mortar."
4116  
4117  "Masonry (n.) The craft, institution, or mysteries of Freemasons; freemasonry."
4118  
4119  "Masoola boat () A kind of boat used on the coast of Madras, India. The planks are sewed together with strands of coir which cross over a wadding of the same material, so that the shock on taking the beach through surf is much reduced."
4120  
4121  "Masora (n.) A Jewish critical work on the text of the Hebrew Scriptures, composed by several learned rabbis of the school of Tiberias, in the eighth and ninth centuries."
4122  
4123  Masoret (n.) A Masorite.
4124  
4125  Masoretic (a.) Alt. of Masoretical
4126  
4127  "Masoretical (a.) Of or relating to the Masora, or to its authors."
4128  
4129  Masorite (n.) One of the writers of the Masora.
4130  
4131  Masque (n.) A mask; a masquerade.
4132  
4133  "Masquerade (n.) An assembly of persons wearing masks, and amusing themselves with dancing, conversation, or other diversions."
4134  
4135  "Masquerade (n.) A dramatic performance by actors in masks; a mask. See 1st Mask, 4."
4136  
4137  Masquerade (n.) Acting or living under false pretenses; concealment of something by a false or unreal show; pretentious show; disguise.
4138  
4139  Masquerade (n.) A Spanish diversion on horseback.
4140  
4141  Masqueraded (imp. & p. p.) of Masquerade
4142  
4143  Masquerading (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Masquerade
4144  
4145  Masquerade (v. i.) To assemble in masks; to take part in a masquerade.
4146  
4147  Masquerade (v. i.) To frolic or disport in disquise; to make a pretentious show of being what one is not.
4148  
4149  Masquerade (v. t.) To conceal with masks; to disguise.
4150  
4151  Masquerader (n.) One who masquerades; a person wearing a mask; one disguised.
4152  
4153  "Mass (n.) The sacrifice in the sacrament of the Eucharist, or the consecration and oblation of the host."
4154  
4155  "Mass (n.) The portions of the Mass usually set to music, considered as a musical composition; -- namely, the Kyrie, the Gloria, the Credo, the Sanctus, and the Agnus Dei, besides sometimes an Offertory and the Benedictus."
4156  
4157  Massed (imp. & p. p.) of Mass
4158  
4159  Massing (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Mass
4160  
4161  Mass (v. i.) To celebrate Mass.
4162  
4163  "Mass (n.) A quantity of matter cohering together so as to make one body, or an aggregation of particles or things which collectively make one body or quantity, usually of considerable size; as, a mass of ore, metal, sand, or water."
4164  
4165  "Mass (n.) A medicinal substance made into a cohesive, homogeneous lump, of consistency suitable for making pills; as, blue mass."
4166  
4167  Mass (n.) A large quantity; a sum.
4168  
4169  Mass (n.) Bulk; magnitude; body; size.
4170  
4171  Mass (n.) The principal part; the main body.
4172  
4173  "Mass (n.) The quantity of matter which a body contains, irrespective of its bulk or volume."
4174  
4175  Mass (v. t.) To form or collect into a mass; to form into a collective body; to bring together into masses; to assemble.
4176  
4177  "Massacre (n.) The killing of a considerable number of human beings under circumstances of atrocity or cruelty, or contrary to the usages of civilized people; as, the massacre on St. Bartholomew's Day."
4178  
4179  Massacre (n.) Murder.
4180  
4181  Massacred (imp. & p. p.) of Massacre
4182  
4183  Massacring (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Massacre
4184  
4185  "Massacre (n.) To kill in considerable numbers where much resistance can not be made; to kill with indiscriminate violence, without necessity, and contrary to the usages of nations; to butcher; to slaughter; -- limited to the killing of human beings."
4186  
4187  Massacrer (n.) One who massacres.
4188  
4189  "Massage (n.) A rubbing or kneading of the body, especially when performed as a hygienic or remedial measure."
4190  
4191  "Massasauga (n.) The black rattlesnake (Crotalus, / Caudisona, tergemina), found in the Mississippi Valley."
4192  
4193  Masse (n.) Alt. of Masse shot
4194  
4195  Masse shot (n.) A stroke made with the cue held vertically.
4196  
4197  Masser (n.) A priest who celebrates Mass.
4198  
4199  "Masseter (n.) The large muscle which raises the under jaw, and assists in mastication."
4200  
4201  Masseteric (a.) Of or pertaining to the masseter.
4202  
4203  Masseterine (a.) Masseteric.
4204  
4205  Masseur (n. f.) Alt. of Masseuse
4206  
4207  Masseuse (n. f.) One who performs massage.
4208  
4209  "Massicot (n.) Lead protoxide, PbO, obtained as a yellow amorphous powder, the fused and crystalline form of which is called litharge; lead ocher. It is used as a pigment."
4210  
4211  Massiness (n.) The state or quality of being massy; ponderousness.
4212  
4213  "Massive (a.) Forming, or consisting of, a large mass; compacted; weighty; heavy; massy."
4214  
4215  "Massive (a.) In mass; not necessarily without a crystalline structure, but having no regular form; as, a mineral occurs massive."
4216  
4217  Massively (adv.) In a heavy mass.
4218  
4219  Massiveness (n.) The state or quality of being massive; massiness.
4220  
4221  Massoola boat () See Masoola boat.
4222  
4223  Massora (n.) Same as Masora.
4224  
4225  Massoret (n.) Same as Masorite.
4226  
4227  "Massy (superl.) Compacted into, or consisting of, a mass; having bulk and weight ot substance; ponderous; bulky and heavy; weight; heavy; as, a massy shield; a massy rock."
4228  
4229  "Mast (n.) The fruit of the oak and beech, or other forest trees; nuts; acorns."
4230  
4231  "Mast (n.) A pole, or long, strong, round piece of timber, or spar, set upright in a boat or vessel, to sustain the sails, yards, rigging, etc. A mast may also consist of several pieces of timber united by iron bands, or of a hollow pillar of iron or steel."
4232  
4233  Mast (n.) The vertical post of a derrick or crane.
4234  
4235  Masted (imp. & p. p.) of Mast
4236  
4237  Masting (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Mast
4238  
4239  "Mast (v. t.) To furnish with a mast or masts; to put the masts of in position; as, to mast a ship."
4240  
4241  "Mastax (n.) The pharynx of a rotifer. It usually contains four horny pieces. The two central ones form the incus, against which the mallei, or lateral ones, work so as to crush the food."
4242  
4243  Mastax (n.) The lore of a bird.
4244  
4245  "Masted (a.) Furnished with a mast or masts; -- chiefly in composition; as, a three-masted schooner."
4246  
4247  "Master (n.) A vessel having (so many) masts; -- used only in compounds; as, a two-master."
4248  
4249  "Master (n.) A male person having another living being so far subject to his will, that he can, in the main, control his or its actions; -- formerly used with much more extensive application than now. (a) The employer of a servant. (b) The owner of a slave. (c) The person to whom an apprentice is articled. (d) A sovereign, prince, or feudal noble; a chief, or one exercising similar authority. (e) The head of a household. (f) The male head of a school or college. (g) A male teacher. (h) The director of a number of persons performing a ceremony or sharing a feast. (i) The owner of a docile brute, -- especially a dog or horse. (j) The controller of a familiar spirit or other supernatural being."
4250  
4251  "Master (n.) One who uses, or controls at will, anything inanimate; as, to be master of one's time."
4252  
4253  "Master (n.) One who has attained great skill in the use or application of anything; as, a master of oratorical art."
4254  
4255  "Master (n.) A title given by courtesy, now commonly pronounced mister, except when given to boys; -- sometimes written Mister, but usually abbreviated to Mr."
4256  
4257  "Master (n.) A young gentleman; a lad, or small boy."
4258  
4259  "Master (n.) The commander of a merchant vessel; -- usually called captain. Also, a commissioned officer in the navy ranking next above ensign and below lieutenant; formerly, an officer on a man-of-war who had immediate charge, under the commander, of sailing the vessel."
4260  
4261  "Master (n.) A person holding an office of authority among the Freemasons, esp. the presiding officer; also, a person holding a similar office in other civic societies."
4262  
4263  Mastered (imp. & p. p.) of Master
4264  
4265  Mastering (p. pr. vb. n.) of Master
4266  
4267  "Master (v. t.) To become the master of; to subject to one's will, control, or authority; to conquer; to overpower; to subdue."
4268  
4269  "Master (v. t.) To gain the command of, so as to understand or apply; to become an adept in; as, to master a science."
4270  
4271  Master (v. t.) To own; to posses.
4272  
4273  Master (v. i.) To be skillful; to excel.
4274  
4275  Masterdom (n.) Dominion; rule; command.
4276  
4277  Masterful (a.) Inclined to play the master; domineering; imperious; arbitrary.
4278  
4279  Masterful (a.) Having the skill or power of a master; indicating or expressing power or mastery.
4280  
4281  Masterfully (adv.) In a masterful manner; imperiously.
4282  
4283  "Masterhood (n.) The state of being a master; hence, disposition to command or hector."
4284  
4285  Masterless (a.) Destitute of a master or owner; ungoverned or ungovernable.
4286  
4287  Masterliness (n.) The quality or state of being masterly; ability to control wisely or skillfully.
4288  
4289  "Masterly (a.) Suitable to, or characteristic of, a master; indicating thorough knowledge or superior skill and power; showing a master's hand; as, a masterly design; a masterly performance; a masterly policy."
4290  
4291  Masterly (a.) Imperious; domineering; arbitrary.
4292  
4293  Masterly (adv.) With the skill of a master.
4294  
4295  Masterous (a.) Masterly.
4296  
4297  Masterpiece (n.) Anything done or made with extraordinary skill; a capital performance; a chef-d'oeuvre; a supreme achievement.
4298  
4299  Mastership (n.) The state or office of a master.
4300  
4301  Mastership (n.) Mastery; dominion; superior skill; superiority.
4302  
4303  Mastership (n.) Chief work; masterpiece.
4304  
4305  Mastership (n.) An ironical title of respect.
4306  
4307  Mastersinger (n.) One of a class of poets which flourished in Nuremberg and some other cities of Germany in the 15th and 16th centuries. They bound themselves to observe certain arbitrary laws of rhythm.
4308  
4309  "Masterwort (n.) A tall and coarse European umbelliferous plant (Peucedanum Ostruthium, formerly Imperatoria)."
4310  
4311  "Masterwort (n.) The Astrantia major, a European umbelliferous plant with a showy colored involucre."
4312  
4313  "Masterwort (n.) Improperly, the cow parsnip (Heracleum lanatum)."
4314  
4315  Masteries (pl. ) of Mastery
4316  
4317  Mastery (n.) The position or authority of a master; dominion; command; supremacy; superiority.
4318  
4319  Mastery (n.) Superiority in war or competition; victory; triumph; preeminence.
4320  
4321  Mastery (n.) Contest for superiority.
4322  
4323  Mastery (n.) A masterly operation; a feat.
4324  
4325  "Mastery (n.) Specifically, the philosopher's stone."
4326  
4327  Mastery (n.) The act process of mastering; the state of having mastered.
4328  
4329  "Mastful (a.) Abounding in mast; producing mast in abundance; as, the mastful forest; a mastful chestnut."
4330  
4331  Masthead (n.) The top or head of a mast; the part of a mast above the hounds.
4332  
4333  Masthead (v. t.) To cause to go to the masthead as a punishment.
4334  
4335  "Masthouse (n.) A building in which vessels' masts are shaped, fitted, etc."
4336  
4337  "Mastic (n.) A low shrubby tree of the genus Pistacia (P. Lentiscus), growing upon the islands and coasts of the Mediterranean, and producing a valuable resin; -- called also, mastic tree."
4338  
4339  "Mastic (n.) A resin exuding from the mastic tree, and obtained by incision. The best is in yellowish white, semitransparent tears, of a faint smell, and is used as an astringent and an aromatic, also as an ingredient in varnishes."
4340  
4341  "Mastic (n.) A kind of cement composed of burnt clay, litharge, and linseed oil, used for plastering walls, etc."
4342  
4343  Masticable (a.) Capable of being masticated.
4344  
4345  "Masticador (n.) A part of a bridle, the slavering bit."
4346  
4347  Masticated (imp. & p. p.) of Masticate
4348  
4349  Masticating (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Masticate
4350  
4351  "Masticate (v. t.) To grind or crush with, or as with, the teeth and prepare for swallowing and digestion; to chew; as, to masticate food."
4352  
4353  Masticater (n.) One who masticates.
4354  
4355  "Mastication (n.) The act or operation of masticating; chewing, as of food."
4356  
4357  Masticator (n.) One who masticates.
4358  
4359  "Masticator (n.) A machine for cutting meat into fine pieces for toothless people; also, a machine for cutting leather, India rubber, or similar tough substances, into fine pieces, in some processes of manufacture."
4360  
4361  Masticatory (a.) Chewing; adapted to perform the office o/ chewing food.
4362  
4363  -ries (pl. ) of Masticatory
4364  
4365  Masticatory (n.) A substance to be chewed to increase the saliva.
4366  
4367  Mastich (n.) See Mastic.
4368  
4369  "Masticin (n.) A white, amorphous, tenacious substance resembling caoutchouc, and obtained as an insoluble residue of mastic."
4370  
4371  Masticot (n.) Massicot.
4372  
4373  Mastiffs (pl. ) of Mastiff
4374  
4375  Mastives (pl. ) of Mastiff
4376  
4377  "Mastiff (n.) A breed of large dogs noted for strength and courage. There are various strains, differing in form and color, and characteristic of different countries."
4378  
4379  Mastigopod (n.) One of the Mastigopoda.
4380  
4381  Mastigopoda (n. pl.) The Infusoria.
4382  
4383  Mastigure (n.) Any one of several large spiny-tailed lizards of the genus Uromastix. They inhabit Southern Asia and North Africa.
4384  
4385  "Masting (n.) The act or process of putting a mast or masts into a vessel; also, the scientific principles which determine the position of masts, and the mechanical methods of placing them."
4386  
4387  Mastitis (n.) Inflammation of the breast.
4388  
4389  "Mastless (a.) Bearing no mast; as, a mastless oak or beech."
4390  
4391  "Mastless (a.) Having no mast; as, a mastless vessel."
4392  
4393  Mastlin (n.) See Maslin.
4394  
4395  "Mastodon (n.) An extinct genus of mammals closely allied to the elephant, but having less complex molar teeth, and often a pair of lower, as well as upper, tusks, which are incisor teeth. The species were mostly larger than elephants, and their romains occur in nearly all parts of the world in deposits ranging from Miocene to late Quaternary time."
4396  
4397  "Mastodonsaurus (n.) A large extinct genus of labyrinthodonts, found in the European Triassic rocks."
4398  
4399  "Mastodontic (a.) Pertaining to, or resembling, a mastodon; as, mastodontic dimensions."
4400  
4401  Mastodynia (n.) Alt. of Mastodyny
4402  
4403  "Mastodyny (n.) Pain occuring in the mamma or female breast, -- a form of neuralgia."
4404  
4405  Mastoid (a.) Resembling the nipple or the breast; -- applied specifically to a process of the temporal bone behind the ear.
4406  
4407  "Mastoid (a.) Pertaining to, or in the region of, the mastoid process; mastoidal."
4408  
4409  Mastoidal (a.) Same as Mastoid.
4410  
4411  Mastology (n.) The natural history of Mammalia.
4412  
4413  Mastress (n.) Mistress.
4414  
4415  Masturbation (n.) Onanism; self-pollution.
4416  
4417  "Masty (a.) Full of mast; abounding in acorns, etc."
4418  
4419  Masula boat () Same as Masoola boat.
4420  
4421  "Mat (n.) A name given by coppersmiths to an alloy of copper, tin, iron, etc., usually called white metal."
4422  
4423  Mat (a.) Cast down; dejected; overthrown; slain.
4424  
4425  "Mat (n.) A fabric of sedge, rushes, flags, husks, straw, hemp, or similar material, used for wiping and cleaning shoes at the door, for covering the floor of a hall or room, and for other purposes."
4426  
4427  "Mat (n.) Any similar fabric for various uses, as for covering plant houses, putting beneath dishes or lamps on a table, securing rigging from friction, and the like."
4428  
4429  "Mat (n.) Anything growing thickly, or closely interwoven, so as to resemble a mat in form or texture; as, a mat of weeds; a mat of hair."
4430  
4431  "Mat (n.) An ornamental border made of paper, pasterboard, metal, etc., put under the glass which covers a framed picture; as, the mat of a daguerreotype."
4432  
4433  Matted (imp. & p. p.) of Mat
4434  
4435  Matting (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Mat
4436  
4437  Mat (v. t.) To cover or lay with mats.
4438  
4439  "Mat (v. t.) To twist, twine, or felt together; to interweave into, or like, a mat; to entangle."
4440  
4441  Mat (v. i.) To grow thick together; to become interwoven or felted together like a mat.
4442  
4443  Matachin (n.) An old dance with swords and bucklers; a sword dance.
4444  
4445  Mataco (n.) The three-banded armadillo (Tolypeutis tricinctus). See Illust. under Loricata.
4446  
4447  Matadore (n.) Alt. of Matador
4448  
4449  Matador (n.) The killer; the man appointed to kill the bull in bullfights.
4450  
4451  "Matador (n.) In the game of quadrille or omber, the three principal trumps, the ace of spades being the first, the ace of clubs the third, and the second being the deuce of a black trump or the seven of a red one."
4452  
4453  Matagasse (n.) A shrike or butcher bird; -- called also mattages.
4454  
4455  Matamata (n.) The bearded tortoise (Chelys fimbriata) of South American rivers.
4456  
4457  Matanza (n.) A place where animals are slaughtered for their hides and tallow.
4458  
4459  "Match (n.) Anything used for catching and retaining or communicating fire, made of some substance which takes fire readily, or remains burning some time; esp., a small strip or splint of wood dipped at one end in a substance which can be easily ignited by friction, as a preparation of phosphorus or chlorate of potassium."
4460  
4461  Match (v.) A person or thing equal or similar to another; one able to mate or cope with another; an equal; a mate.
4462  
4463  "Match (v.) A bringing together of two parties suited to one another, as for a union, a trial of skill or force, a contest, or the like"
4464  
4465  "Match (v.) A contest to try strength or skill, or to determine superiority; an emulous struggle."
4466  
4467  Match (v.) A matrimonial union; a marriage.
4468  
4469  "Match (v.) An agreement, compact, etc."
4470  
4471  Match (v.) A candidate for matrimony; one to be gained in marriage.
4472  
4473  Match (v.) Equality of conditions in contest or competition.
4474  
4475  "Match (v.) Suitable combination or bringing together; that which corresponds or harmonizes with something else; as, the carpet and curtains are a match."
4476  
4477  "Match (v.) A perforated board, block of plaster, hardened sand, etc., in which a pattern is partly imbedded when a mold is made, for giving shape to the surfaces of separation between the parts of the mold."
4478  
4479  Matched (imp. & p. p.) of Match
4480  
4481  Matching (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Match
4482  
4483  Match (v. t.) To be a mate or match for; to be able to complete with; to rival successfully; to equal.
4484  
4485  "Match (v. t.) To furnish with its match; to bring a match, or equal, against; to show an equal competitor to; to set something in competition with, or in opposition to, as equal."
4486  
4487  Match (v. t.) To oppose as equal; to contend successfully against.
4488  
4489  "Match (v. t.) To make or procure the equal of, or that which is exactly similar to, or corresponds with; as, to match a vase or a horse; to match cloth."
4490  
4491  "Match (v. t.) To make equal, proportionate, or suitable; to adapt, fit, or suit (one thing to another)."
4492  
4493  Match (v. t.) To marry; to give in marriage.
4494  
4495  "Match (v. t.) To fit together, or make suitable for fitting together; specifically, to furnish with a tongue and a groove, at the edges; as, to match boards."
4496  
4497  Match (v. i.) To be united in marriage; to mate.
4498  
4499  "Match (v. i.) To be of equal, or similar, size, figure, color, or quality; to tally; to suit; to correspond; as, these vases match."
4500  
4501  Matchable (a.) Capable of being matched; comparable on equal conditions; adapted to being joined together; correspondent.
4502  
4503  Match-cloth (n.) A coarse cloth.
4504  
4505  Match-coat (n.) A coat made of match-cloth.
4506  
4507  "Matcher (n.) One who, or that which, matches; a matching machine. See under 3d Match."
4508  
4509  Matchless (a.) Having no equal; unequaled.
4510  
4511  Matchless (a.) Unlike each other; unequal; unsuited.
4512  
4513  "Matchlock (n.) An old form of gunlock containing a match for firing the priming; hence, a musket fired by means of a match."
4514  
4515  Matchmaker (n.) One who makes matches for burning or kinding.
4516  
4517  Matchmaker (n.) One who tries to bring about marriages.
4518  
4519  Matchmaking (n.) The act or process of making matches for kindling or burning.
4520  
4521  Matchmaking (n.) The act or process of trying to bring about a marriage for others.
4522  
4523  "Matchmaking (a.) Busy in making or contriving marriages; as, a matchmaking woman."
4524  
4525  "Mate (n.) The Paraguay tea, being the dried leaf of the Brazilian holly (Ilex Paraguensis). The infusion has a pleasant odor, with an agreeable bitter taste, and is much used for tea in South America."
4526  
4527  Mate (n.) Same as Checkmate.
4528  
4529  Mate (a.) See 2d Mat.
4530  
4531  Mate (v. t.) To confuse; to confound.
4532  
4533  Mate (v. t.) To checkmate.
4534  
4535  Mate (n.) One who customarily associates with another; a companion; an associate; any object which is associated or combined with a similar object.
4536  
4537  "Mate (n.) Hence, specifically, a husband or wife; and among the lower animals, one of a pair associated for propagation and the care of their young."
4538  
4539  Mate (n.) A suitable companion; a match; an equal.
4540  
4541  "Mate (n.) An officer in a merchant vessel ranking next below the captain. If there are more than one bearing the title, they are called, respectively, first mate, second mate, third mate, etc. In the navy, a subordinate officer or assistant; as, master's mate; surgeon's mate."
4542  
4543  Mated (imp. & p. p.) of Mate
4544  
4545  Mating (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Mate
4546  
4547  Mate (v. t.) To match; to marry.
4548  
4549  Mate (v. t.) To match one's self against; to oppose as equal; to compete with.
4550  
4551  "Mate (v. i.) To be or become a mate or mates, especially in sexual companionship; as, some birds mate for life; this bird will not mate with that one."
4552  
4553  Mateless (a.) Having no mate.
4554  
4555  Matelote (n.) A dish of food composed of many kinds of fish.
4556  
4557  "Mateology (n.) A vain, unprofitable discourse or inquiry."
4558  
4559  Mateotechny (n.) Any unprofitable science.
4560  
4561  "Mater (n.) See Alma mater, Dura mater, and Pia mater."
4562  
4563  "Material (a.) Consisting of matter; not spiritual; corporeal; physical; as, material substance or bodies."
4564  
4565  "Material (a.) Hence: Pertaining to, or affecting, the physical nature of man, as distinguished from the mental or moral nature; relating to the bodily wants, interests, and comforts."
4566  
4567  Material (a.) Of solid or weighty character; not insubstantial; of cinsequence; not be dispensed with; important.
4568  
4569  "Material (a.) Pertaining to the matter, as opposed to the form, of a thing. See Matter."
4570  
4571  Material (n.) The substance or matter of which anything is made or may be made.
4572  
4573  Material (v. t.) To form from matter; to materialize.
4574  
4575  Materialism (n.) The doctrine of materialists; materialistic views and tenets.
4576  
4577  Materialism (n.) The tendency to give undue importance to material interests; devotion to the material nature and its wants.
4578  
4579  Materialism (n.) Material substances in the aggregate; matter.
4580  
4581  "Materialist (n.) One who denies the existence of spiritual substances or agents, and maintains that spiritual phenomena, so called, are the result of some peculiar organization of matter."
4582  
4583  "Materialist (n.) One who holds to the existence of matter, as distinguished from the idealist, who denies it."
4584  
4585  Materialistic (a.) Alt. of Materialistical
4586  
4587  Materialistical (a.) Of or pertaining to materialism or materialists; of the nature of materialism.
4588  
4589  Materiality (n.) The quality or state of being material; material existence; corporeity.
4590  
4591  "Materiality (n.) Importance; as, the materiality of facts."
4592  
4593  "Materialization (n.) The act of materializing, or the state of being materialized."
4594  
4595  Materialized (imp. & p. p.) of Materialize
4596  
4597  Materializing (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Materialize
4598  
4599  "Materialize (v. t.) To invest with material characteristics; to make perceptible to the senses; hence, to present to the mind through the medium of material objects."
4600  
4601  Materialize (v. t.) To regard as matter; to consider or explain by the laws or principles which are appropriate to matter.
4602  
4603  "Materialize (v. t.) To cause to assume a character appropriate to material things; to occupy with material interests; as, to materialize thought."
4604  
4605  "Materialize (v. t.) To make visable in, or as in, a material form; -- said of spirits."
4606  
4607  Materialize (v. i.) To appear as a material form; to take substantial shape.
4608  
4609  Materially (adv.) In the state of matter.
4610  
4611  Materially (adv.) In its essence; substantially.
4612  
4613  "Materially (adv.) In an important manner or degree; essentaily; as, it materially concern us to know the real motives of our actions."
4614  
4615  Materialness (n.) The state of being material.
4616  
4617  Materia medica () Material or substance used in the composition of remedies; -- a general term for all substances used as curative agents in medicine.
4618  
4619  Materia medica () That branch of medical science which treats of the nature and properties of all the substances that are employed for the cure of diseases.
4620  
4621  Materiarian (n.) See Materialist.
4622  
4623  Materiate (a.) Alt. of Materiated
4624  
4625  Materiated (a.) Consisting of matter.
4626  
4627  Materiation (n.) Act of forming matter.
4628  
4629  "Materiel (n.) That in a complex system which constitutes the materials, or instruments employed, in distinction from the personnel, or men; as, the baggage, munitions, provisions, etc., of an army; or the buildings, libraries, and apparatus of a college, in distinction from its officers."
4630  
4631  Materious (a.) See Material.
4632  
4633  "Maternal (a.) Of or pertaining to a mother; becoming to a mother; motherly; as, maternal love; maternal tenderness."
4634  
4635  Maternally (adv.) In a motherly manner.
4636  
4637  Maternity (n.) The state of being a mother; the character or relation of a mother.
4638  
4639  Matfelon (n.) The knapweed (Centaurea nigra).
4640  
4641  "Math (n.) A mowing, or that which is gathered by mowing; -- chiefly used in composition; as, an aftermath."
4642  
4643  Mathematic (a.) See Mathematical.
4644  
4645  "Mathematical (a.) Of or pertaining to mathematics; according to mathematics; hence, theoretically precise; accurate; as, mathematical geography; mathematical instruments; mathematical exactness."
4646  
4647  Mathematician (n.) One versed in mathematics.
4648  
4649  "Mathematics (n.) That science, or class of sciences, which treats of the exact relations existing between quantities or magnitudes, and of the methods by which, in accordance with these relations, quantities sought are deducible from other quantities known or supposed; the science of spatial and quantitative relations."
4650  
4651  Mather (n.) See Madder.
4652  
4653  Mathes (n.) The mayweed. Cf. Maghet.
4654  
4655  "Mathesis (n.) Learning; especially, mathematics."
4656  
4657  Mathurin (n.) See Trinitarian.
4658  
4659  "Matico (n.) A Peruvian plant (Piper, / Artanthe, elongatum), allied to the pepper, the leaves of which are used as a styptic and astringent."
4660  
4661  Matie (n.) A fat herring with undeveloped roe.
4662  
4663  M/tin (n.) A French mastiff.
4664  
4665  Matin (n.) Morning.
4666  
4667  Matin (n.) Morning worship or service; morning prayers or songs.
4668  
4669  Matin (n.) Time of morning service; the first canonical hour in the Roman Catholic Church.
4670  
4671  "Matin (a.) Of or pertaining to the morning, or to matins; used in the morning; matutinal."
4672  
4673  "Matinal (a.) Relating to the morning, or to matins; matutinal."
4674  
4675  "Matinee (n.) A reception, or a musical or dramatic entertainment, held in the daytime. See SoirEe."
4676  
4677  Matrass (n.) A round-bottomed glass flask having a long neck; a bolthead.
4678  
4679  Matress (n.) See Matress.
4680  
4681  Matriarch (n.) The mother and ruler of a family or of her descendants; a ruler by maternal right.
4682  
4683  Matriarchal (a.) Of or pertaining to a matriarch; governed by a matriarch.
4684  
4685  Matriarchate (n.) The office or jurisdiction of a matriarch; a matriarchal form of government.
4686  
4687  Matrice (n.) See Matrix.
4688  
4689  Matricidal (a.) Of or pertaining to matricide.
4690  
4691  Matricide (n.) The murder of a mother by her son or daughter.
4692  
4693  Matricide (n.) One who murders one's own mother.
4694  
4695  Matriculated (imp. & p. p.) of Matriculate
4696  
4697  Matriculating (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Matriculate
4698  
4699  "Matriculate (v. t.) To enroll; to enter in a register; specifically, to enter or admit to membership in a body or society, particularly in a college or university, by enrolling the name in a register."
4700  
4701  "Matriculate (v. i.) To go though the process of admission to membership, as by examination and enrollment, in a society or college."
4702  
4703  Matriculate (a.) Matriculated.
4704  
4705  Matriculate (n.) One who is matriculated.
4706  
4707  Matriculation (n.) The act or process of matriculating; the state of being matriculated.
4708  
4709  Matrimoine (n.) Matrimony.
4710  
4711  "Matrimonial (a.) Of or pertaining to marriage; derived from marriage; connubial; nuptial; hymeneal; as, matrimonial rights or duties."
4712  
4713  Matrimonially (adv.) In a matrimonial manner.
4714  
4715  Matrimonious (a.) Matrimonial.
4716  
4717  Matrimony (n.) The union of man and woman as husband and wife; the nuptial state; marriage; wedlock.
4718  
4719  Matrimony (n.) A kind of game at cards played by several persons.
4720  
4721  Matrices (pl. ) of Matrix
4722  
4723  Matrix (n.) The womb.
4724  
4725  "Matrix (n.) Hence, that which gives form or origin to anything"
4726  
4727  "Matrix (n.) The cavity in which anything is formed, and which gives it shape; a die; a mold, as for the face of a type."
4728  
4729  Matrix (n.) The earthy or stony substance in which metallic ores or crystallized minerals are found; the gangue.
4730  
4731  "Matrix (n.) The five simple colors, black, white, blue, red, and yellow, of which all the rest are composed."
4732  
4733  "Matrix (n.) The lifeless portion of tissue, either animal or vegetable, situated between the cells; the intercellular substance."
4734  
4735  Matrix (n.) A rectangular arrangement of symbols in rows and columns. The symbols may express quantities or operations.
4736  
4737  "Matron (n.) A wife or a widow, especially, one who has borne children; a woman of staid or motherly manners."
4738  
4739  "Matron (n.) A housekeeper; esp., a woman who manages the domestic economy of a public instution; a head nurse in a hospital; as, the matron of a school or hospital."
4740  
4741  Matronage (n.) The state of a matron.
4742  
4743  Matronage (n.) The collective body of matrons.
4744  
4745  Matronal (a.) Of or pertaining to a matron; suitable to an elderly lady or to a married woman; grave; motherly.
4746  
4747  Matronhood (n.) The state of being a matron.
4748  
4749  Matronized (imp. & p. p.) of Matronize
4750  
4751  Matronizing (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Matronize
4752  
4753  Matronize (v. t.) To make a matron of; to make matronlike.
4754  
4755  "Matronize (v. t.) To act the part of a marton toward; to superintend; to chaperone; as, to matronize an assembly."
4756  
4757  Matronlike (a.) Like a matron; sedate; grave; matronly.
4758  
4759  Matronly (a.) Advanced in years; elderly.
4760  
4761  "Matronly (a.) Like, or befitting, a matron; grave; sedate."
4762  
4763  Matronymic (n.) See Metronymic.
4764  
4765  "Matross (n.) Formerly, in the British service, a gunner or a gunner's mate; one of the soldiers in a train of artillery, who assisted the gunners in loading, firing, and sponging the guns."
4766  
4767  Matt (n.) See Matte.
4768  
4769  Mattages (n.) A shrike or butcher bird; -- written also matagasse.
4770  
4771  Mattamore (n.) A subterranean repository for wheat.
4772  
4773  "Matte (n.) A partly reduced copper sulphide, obtained by alternately roasting and melting copper ore in separating the metal from associated iron ores, and called coarse metal, fine metal, etc., according to the grade of fineness. On the exterior it is dark brown or black, but on a fresh surface is yellow or bronzy in color."
4774  
4775  "Matte (n.) A dead or dull finish, as in gilding where the gold leaf is not burnished, or in painting where the surface is purposely deprived of gloss."
4776  
4777  "Matted (a.) Having a dull surface; unburnished; as, matted gold leaf or gilding."
4778  
4779  "Matted (a.) Covered with a mat or mats; as, a matted floor."
4780  
4781  "Matted (a.) Tangled closely together; having its parts adhering closely together; as, matted hair."
4782  
4783  Matter (n.) That of which anything is composed; constituent substance; material; the material or substantial part of anything; the constituent elements of conception; that into which a notion may be analyzed; the essence; the pith; the embodiment.
4784  
4785  "Matter (n.) That of which the sensible universe and all existent bodies are composed; anything which has extension, occupies space, or is perceptible by the senses; body; substance."
4786  
4787  "Matter (n.) That with regard to, or about which, anything takes place or is done; the thing aimed at, treated of, or treated; subject of action, discussion, consideration, feeling, complaint, legal action, or the like; theme."
4788  
4789  "Matter (n.) That which one has to treat, or with which one has to do; concern; affair; business."
4790  
4791  "Matter (n.) Affair worthy of account; thing of consequence; importance; significance; moment; -- chiefly in the phrases what matter ? no matter, and the like."
4792  
4793  "Matter (n.) Inducing cause or occasion, especially of anything disagreeable or distressing; difficulty; trouble."
4794  
4795  Matter (n.) Amount; quantity; portion; space; -- often indefinite.
4796  
4797  "Matter (n.) Substance excreted from living animal bodies; that which is thrown out or discharged in a tumor, boil, or abscess; pus; purulent substance."
4798  
4799  "Matter (n.) That which is permanent, or is supposed to be given, and in or upon which changes are effected by psychological or physical processes and relations; -- opposed to form."
4800  
4801  "Matter (n.) Written manuscript, or anything to be set in type; copy; also, type set up and ready to be used, or which has been used, in printing."
4802  
4803  Mattered (imp. & p. p.) of Matter
4804  
4805  Mattering (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Matter
4806  
4807  Matter (v. i.) To be of importance; to import; to signify.
4808  
4809  "Matter (v. i.) To form pus or matter, as an abscess; to maturate."
4810  
4811  Matter (v. t.) To regard as important; to take account of; to care for.
4812  
4813  "Matterless (a.) Not being, or having, matter; as, matterless spirits."
4814  
4815  Matterless (a.) Unimportant; immaterial.
4816  
4817  Matter-of-fact (a.) Adhering to facts; not turning aside from absolute realities; not fanciful or imaginative; commonplace; dry.
4818  
4819  Mattery (a.) Generating or containing pus; purulent.
4820  
4821  Mattery (a.) Full of substance or matter; important.
4822  
4823  Matting (v. t. & i.) The act of interweaving or tangling together so as to make a mat; the process of becoming matted.
4824  
4825  "Matting (v. t. & i.) Mats, in general, or collectively; mat work; a matlike fabric, for use in covering floors, packing articles, and the like; a kind of carpeting made of straw, etc."
4826  
4827  Matting (v. t. & i.) Materials for mats.
4828  
4829  "Matting (v. t. & i.) An ornamental border. See 3d Mat, 4."
4830  
4831  "Matting (n.) A dull, lusterless surface in certain of the arts, as gilding, metal work, glassmaking, etc."
4832  
4833  "Mattock (n.) An implement for digging and grubbing. The head has two long steel blades, one like an adz and the other like a narrow ax or the point of a pickax."
4834  
4835  "Mattowacca (n.) An American clupeoid fish (Clupea mediocris), similar to the shad in habits and appearance, but smaller and less esteemed for food; -- called also hickory shad, tailor shad, fall herring, and shad herring."
4836  
4837  "Mattress (n.) A quilted bed; a bed stuffed with hair, moss, or other suitable material, and quilted or otherwise fastened."
4838  
4839  "Mattress (n.) A mass of interwoven brush, poles, etc., to protect a bank from being worn away by currents or waves."
4840  
4841  "Maturant (n.) A medicine, or application, which promotes suppuration."
4842  
4843  Maturated (imp. & p. p.) of Maturate
4844  
4845  Maturating (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Maturate
4846  
4847  Maturate (a.) To bring to ripeness or maturity; to ripen.
4848  
4849  Maturate (a.) To promote the perfect suppuration of (an abscess).
4850  
4851  "Maturate (v. i.) To ripen; to become mature; specif/cally, to suppurate."
4852  
4853  "Maturation (n.) The process of bringing, or of coming, to maturity; hence, specifically, the process of suppurating perfectly; the formation of pus or matter."
4854  
4855  "Maturative (a.) Conducing to ripeness or maturity; hence, conducing to suppuration."
4856  
4857  Maturative (n.) A remedy promoting maturation; a maturant.
4858  
4859  "Mature (superl.) Brought by natural process to completeness of growth and development; fitted by growth and development for any function, action, or state, appropriate to its kind; full-grown; ripe."
4860  
4861  "Mature (superl.) Completely worked out; fully digested or prepared; ready for action; made ready for destined application or use; perfected; as, a mature plan."
4862  
4863  "Mature (superl.) Of or pertaining to a condition of full development; as, a man of mature years."
4864  
4865  "Mature (superl.) Come to, or in a state of, completed suppuration."
4866  
4867  Matured (imp. & p. p.) of Mature
4868  
4869  Maturing (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Mature
4870  
4871  "Mature (v. t.) To bring or hasten to maturity; to promote ripeness in; to ripen; to complete; as, to mature one's plans."
4872  
4873  "Mature (v. i.) To advance toward maturity; to become ripe; as, wine matures by age; the judgment matures by age and experience."
4874  
4875  "Mature (v. i.) Hence, to become due, as a note."
4876  
4877  Maturely (adv.) In a mature manner; with ripeness; completely.
4878  
4879  Maturely (adv.) With caution; deliberately.
4880  
4881  Maturely (adv.) Early; soon.
4882  
4883  Matureness (n.) The state or quality of being mature; maturity.
4884  
4885  Maturer (n.) One who brings to maturity.
4886  
4887  Maturescent (a.) Approaching maturity.
4888  
4889  "Maturing (a.) Approaching maturity; as, maturing fruits; maturing notes of hand."
4890  
4891  "Maturity (n.) The state or quality of being mature; ripeness; full development; as, the maturity of corn or of grass; maturity of judgment; the maturity of a plan."
4892  
4893  "Maturity (n.) Arrival of the time fixed for payment; a becoming due; termination of the period a note, etc., has to run."
4894  
4895  Matutinal (a.) Of or pertaining to the morning; early.
4896  
4897  Matutinary (a.) Matutinal.
4898  
4899  Matutine (a.) Matutinal.
4900  
4901  "Matweed (n.) A name of several maritime grasses, as the sea sand-reed (Ammophila arundinacea) which is used in Holland to bind the sand of the seacoast dikes (see Beach grass, under Beach); also, the Lygeum Spartum, a Mediterranean grass of similar habit."
4902  
4903  Maty (n.) A native house servant in India.
4904  
4905  Matzoth (n.) A cake of unleavened bread eaten by the Jews at the feast of the Passover.
4906  
4907  "Maucaco (n.) A lemur; -- applied to several species, as the White-fronted, the ruffed, and the ring-tailed lemurs."
4908  
4909  Maud (n.) A gray plaid; -- used by shepherds in Scotland.
4910  
4911  Maudle (v. t.) To throw onto confusion or disorder; to render maudlin.
4912  
4913  Maudlin (a.) Tearful; easily moved to tears; exciting to tears; excessively sentimental; weak and silly.
4914  
4915  "Maudlin (a.) Drunk, or somewhat drunk; fuddled; given to drunkenness."
4916  
4917  Maudlin (n.) Alt. of Maudeline
4918  
4919  "Maudeline (n.) An aromatic composite herb, the costmary; also, the South European Achillea Ageratum, a kind of yarrow."
4920  
4921  Muadlinism (n.) A maudlin state.
4922  
4923  Maudlinwort (n.) The oxeye daisy.
4924  
4925  Mauger (prep.) Alt. of Maugre
4926  
4927  Maugre (prep.) In spite of; in opposition to; notwithstanding.
4928  
4929  Maugre (v. t.) To defy.
4930  
4931  Maukin (n.) See Malkin.
4932  
4933  Maukin (n.) A hare.
4934  
4935  Maul (n.) A heavy wooden hammer or beetle.
4936  
4937  Mauled (imp. & p. p.) of Maul
4938  
4939  Mauling (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Maul
4940  
4941  Maul (v. t.) To beat and bruise with a heavy stick or cudgel; to wound in a coarse manner.
4942  
4943  Maul (v. t.) To injure greatly; to do much harm to.
4944  
4945  Maule (n.) The common mallow.
4946  
4947  "Mauling (n.) A severe beating with a stick, cudgel, or the fist."
4948  
4949  Maul-stick (n.) A stick used by painters as a rest for the hand while working.
4950  
4951  Maumet (n.) See Mawmet.
4952  
4953  Maunch (v. t.) To munch.
4954  
4955  Maunch (n.) See Manche.
4956  
4957  Maund (n.) A hand basket.
4958  
4959  "Maund (n.) An East Indian weight, varying in different localities from 25 to about 82 pounds avoirdupois."
4960  
4961  Maund (v. i.) Alt. of Maunder
4962  
4963  Maunder (v. i.) To beg.
4964  
4965  Maunder (v. i.) To mutter; to mumble; to grumble; to speak indistinctly or disconnectedly; to talk incoherently.
4966  
4967  Maunder (v. t.) To utter in a grumbling manner; to mutter.
4968  
4969  Maunder (n.) A beggar.
4970  
4971  Maunderer (n.) One who maunders.
4972  
4973  "Maundril (n.) A pick with two prongs, to pry with."
4974  
4975  "Maundy Thursday () The Thursday in Passion week, or next before Good Friday."
4976  
4977  Maungy (a.) Mangy.
4978  
4979  Mauresque (a. & n.) See Moresque.
4980  
4981  "Maurist (n.) A member of the Congregation of Saint Maur, an offshoot of the Benedictines, originating in France in the early part of the seventeenth century. The Maurists have been distinguished for their interest in literature."
4982  
4983  Mausolean (a.) Pertaining to a mausoleum; monumental.
4984  
4985  Mausoleums (pl. ) of Mausoleum
4986  
4987  -lea (pl. ) of Mausoleum
4988  
4989  "Mausoleum (n.) A magnificent tomb, or stately sepulchral monument."
4990  
4991  "Mauther (n.) A girl; esp., a great, awkward girl; a wench."
4992  
4993  "Mauvaniline (n.) See Mauve aniline, under Mauve."
4994  
4995  "Mauve (n.) A color of a delicate purple, violet, or lilac."
4996  
4997  "Mauveine (n.) An artificial organic base, obtained by oxidizing a mixture of aniline and toluidine, and valuable for the dyestuffs it forms."
4998  
4999  Mauvine (a.) Mauve-colored.
5000  
5001  "Maverick (n.) In the southwestern part of the united States, a bullock or heifer that has not been branded, and is unclaimed or wild; -- said to be from Maverick, the name of a cattle owner in Texas who neglected to brand his cattle."
5002  
5003  Mavis (n.) The European throstle or song thrush (Turdus musicus).
5004  
5005  Maw (n.) A gull.
5006  
5007  "Maw (n.) A stomach; the receptacle into which food is taken by swallowing; in birds, the craw; -- now used only of the lower animals, exept humorously or in contempt."
5008  
5009  Maw (n.) Appetite; inclination.
5010  
5011  Maw (n.) An old game at cards.
5012  
5013  Mawk (n.) A maggot.
5014  
5015  Mawk (n.) A slattern; a mawks.
5016  
5017  "Mawkin (n.) See Malkin, and Maukin."
5018  
5019  Mawkingly (adv.) Slatternly.
5020  
5021  Mawkish (a.) Apt to cause satiety or loathing; nauseous; disgusting.
5022  
5023  Mawkish (a.) Easily disgusted; squeamish; sentimentally fastidious.
5024  
5025  Mawkishly (adv.) In a mawkish way.
5026  
5027  Mawkishness (n.) The quality or state of being mawkish.
5028  
5029  Mawks (n.) A slattern; a mawk.
5030  
5031  Mawky (a.) Maggoty.
5032  
5033  "Mawmet (n.) A puppet; a doll; originally, an idol, because in the Middle Ages it was generally believed that the Mohammedans worshiped images representing Mohammed."
5034  
5035  "Mawmetry (n.) The religion of Mohammed; also, idolatry. See Mawmet."
5036  
5037  Mawmish (a.) Nauseous.
5038  
5039  Mawseed (n.) The seed of the opium poppy.
5040  
5041  "Mawworm (n.) Any intestinal worm found in the stomach, esp. the common round worm (Ascaris lumbricoides), and allied species."
5042  
5043  Mawworm (n.) One of the larvae of botflies of horses; a bot.
5044  
5045  Maxillae (pl. ) of Maxilla
5046  
5047  Maxilla (n.) The bone of either the upper or the under jaw.
5048  
5049  "Maxilla (n.) The bone, or principal bone, of the upper jaw, the bone of the lower jaw being the mandible."
5050  
5051  Maxilla (n.) One of the lower or outer jaws of arthropods.
5052  
5053  Maxillar (a.) Alt. of Maxillary
5054  
5055  "Maxillary (a.) Pertaining to either the upper or the lower jaw, but now usually applied to the upper jaw only."
5056  
5057  Maxillary (n.) The principal maxillary bone; the maxilla.
5058  
5059  Maxillary (n.) Of or pertaining to a maxilla.
5060  
5061  "Maxilliform (a.) Having the form, or structure, of a maxilla."
5062  
5063  "Maxilliped (n.) One of the mouth appendages of Crustacea, situated next behind the maxillae. Crabs have three pairs, but many of the lower Crustacea have but one pair of them. Called also jawfoot, and foot jaw."
5064  
5065  "Maxillo-mandibular (a.) Pertaining to the maxilla and mandible; as, the maxillo-mandibular nerve."
5066  
5067  "Maxillo-palatine (a.) Pertaining to the maxillary and palatine regions of the skull; as, the maxillo-palatine process of the maxilla. Also used as n."
5068  
5069  Maxilloturbinal (a.) Pertaining to the maxillary and turbinal regions of the skull.
5070  
5071  "Maxilloturbinal (n.) The maxillo-turbinal, or inferior turbinate, bone."
5072  
5073  Maxim (n.) An established principle or proposition; a condensed proposition of important practical truth; an axiom of practical wisdom; an adage; a proverb; an aphorism.
5074  
5075  "Maxim (n.) The longest note formerly used, equal to two longs, or four breves; a large."
5076  
5077  "Maximilian (n.) A gold coin of Bavaria, of the value of about 13s. 6d. sterling, or about three dollars and a quarter."
5078  
5079  Maximization (n.) The act or process of increasing to the highest degree.
5080  
5081  Maximize (v. t.) To increase to the highest degree.
5082  
5083  Maxima (pl. ) of Maximum
5084  
5085  "Maximum (n.) The greatest quantity or value attainable in a given case; or, the greatest value attained by a quantity which first increases and then begins to decrease; the highest point or degree; -- opposed to minimum."
5086  
5087  "Maximum (a.) Greatest in quantity or highest in degree attainable or attained; as, a maximum consumption of fuel; maximum pressure; maximum heat."
5088  
5089  Might (imp.) of May
5090  
5091  "May (v.) An auxiliary verb qualifyng the meaning of another verb, by expressing: (a) Ability, competency, or possibility; -- now oftener expressed by can."
5092  
5093  May (n.) A maiden.
5094  
5095  "May (n.) The fifth month of the year, containing thirty-one days."
5096  
5097  May (n.) The early part or springtime of life.
5098  
5099  "May (n.) The flowers of the hawthorn; -- so called from their time of blossoming; also, the hawthorn."
5100  
5101  May (n.) The merrymaking of May Day.
5102  
5103  "Maya (n.) The name for the doctrine of the unreality of matter, called, in English, idealism; hence, nothingness; vanity; illusion."
5104  
5105  Maybe (adv.) Perhaps; possibly; peradventure.
5106  
5107  "Maybe (a.) Possible; probable, but not sure."
5108  
5109  Maybe (n.) Possibility; uncertainty.
5110  
5111  "Maybird (n.) The whimbrel; -- called also May fowl, May curlew, and May whaap."
5112  
5113  Maybird (n.) The knot.
5114  
5115  Maybird (n.) The bobolink.
5116  
5117  Maybloom (n.) The hawthorn.
5118  
5119  Maybush (n.) The hawthorn.
5120  
5121  Mayduke (n.) A large dark-red cherry of excellent quality.
5122  
5123  Mayfish (n.) A common American minnow (Fundulus majalis). See Minnow.
5124  
5125  "Mayflower (n.) In England, the hawthorn; in New England, the trailing arbutus (see Arbutus); also, the blossom of these plants."
5126  
5127  Mayhap (adv.) Perhaps; peradventure.
5128  
5129  Mayhem (n.) The maiming of a person by depriving him of the use of any of his members which are necessary for defense or protection. See Maim.
5130  
5131  Maying (n.) The celebrating of May Day.
5132  
5133  "Mayonnaise (n.) A sauce compounded of raw yolks of eggs beaten up with olive oil to the consistency of a sirup, and seasoned with vinegar, pepper, salt, etc.; -- used in dressing salads, fish, etc. Also, a dish dressed with this sauce."
5134  
5135  Mayor (n.) The chief magistrate of a city or borough; the chief officer of a municipal corporation. In some American cities there is a city court of which the major is chief judge.
5136  
5137  "Mayoral (n.) The conductir of a mule team; also, a head shepherd."
5138  
5139  "Mayoralty (n.) The office, or the term of office, of a mayor."
5140  
5141  Mayoress (n.) The wife of a mayor.
5142  
5143  Mayorship (n.) The office of a mayor.
5144  
5145  "Maypole (n.) A tall pole erected in an open place and wreathed with flowers, about which the rustic May-day sports were had."
5146  
5147  "Maypop (n.) The edible fruit of a passion flower, especially that of the North American Passiflora incarnata, an oval yellowish berry as large as a small apple."
5148  
5149  "Mayweed (n.) A composite plant (Anthemis Cotula), having a strong odor; dog's fennel. It is a native of Europe, now common by the roadsides in the United States."
5150  
5151  Mayweed (n.) The feverfew.
5152  
5153  Mazama (n.) Alt. of Mazame
5154  
5155  "Mazame (n.) A goatlike antelope (Haplocerus montanus) which inhabits the Rocky Mountains, frequenting the highest parts; -- called also mountain goat."
5156  
5157  Mazard (n.) A kind of small black cherry.
5158  
5159  Mazard (n.) The jaw; the head or skull.
5160  
5161  Mazard (v. t.) To knock on the head.
5162  
5163  "Mazarine (a.) Of or pertaining to Cardinal Mazarin, prime minister of France, 1643-1661."
5164  
5165  Mazarine (n.) Mazarine blue.
5166  
5167  "Mazdean (a.) Of or pertaining to Ahura-Mazda, or Ormuzd, the beneficent deity in the Zoroastrian dualistic system; hence, Zoroastrian."
5168  
5169  Mazdeism (n.) The Zoroastrian religion.
5170  
5171  Maze (n.) A wild fancy; a confused notion.
5172  
5173  Maze (n.) Confusion of thought; perplexity; uncertainty; state of bewilderment.
5174  
5175  "Maze (n.) A confusing and baffling network, as of paths or passages; an intricacy; a labyrinth."
5176  
5177  Mazed (imp. & p. p.) of Maze
5178  
5179  Mazing (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Maze
5180  
5181  Maze (v. t.) To perplex greatly; to bewilder; to astonish and confuse; to amaze.
5182  
5183  Maze (v. i.) To be bewildered.
5184  
5185  Mazedness (n.) The condition of being mazed; confusion; astonishment.
5186  
5187  Mazeful (a.) Mazy.
5188  
5189  Mazer (n.) A large drinking bowl; -- originally made of maple.
5190  
5191  Mazily (adv.) In a mazy manner.
5192  
5193  Maziness (n.) The state or quality of being mazy.
5194  
5195  Mazological (a.) Of or pertaining to mazology.
5196  
5197  Mazologist (n.) One versed in mazology or mastology.
5198  
5199  Mazology (n.) Same as Mastology.
5200  
5201  Mazourka (n.) Alt. of Mazurka
5202  
5203  "Mazurka (n.) A Polish dance, or the music which accompanies it, usually in 3-4 or 3-8 measure, with a strong accent on the second beat."
5204  
5205  "Mazy (a.) Perplexed with turns and windings; winding; intricate; confusing; perplexing; embarrassing; as, mazy error."
5206  
5207  "Me (pron.) One. See Men, pron."
5208  
5209  "Me (pers. pron.) The person speaking, regarded as an object; myself; a pronoun of the first person used as the objective and dative case of the pronoum I; as, he struck me; he gave me the money, or he gave the money to me; he got me a hat, or he got a hat for me."
5210  
5211  Meach (v. i.) To skulk; to cower. See Mich.
5212  
5213  "Meacock (n.) An uxorious, effeminate, or spiritless man."
5214  
5215  "Mead (n.) A fermented drink made of water and honey with malt, yeast, etc.; metheglin; hydromel."
5216  
5217  "Mead (n.) A drink composed of sirup of sarsaparilla or other flavoring extract, and water. It is sometimes charged with carbonic acid gas."
5218  
5219  Mead (n.) A meadow.
5220  
5221  Meadow (n.) A tract of low or level land producing grass which is mown for hay; any field on which grass is grown for hay.
5222  
5223  "Meadow (n.) Low land covered with coarse grass or rank herbage near rives and in marshy places by the sea; as, the salt meadows near Newark Bay."
5224  
5225  "Meadow (a.) Of or pertaining to a meadow; of the nature of a meadow; produced, growing, or living in, a meadow."
5226  
5227  Meadowsweet (n.) Alt. of Meadowwort
5228  
5229  "Meadowwort (n.) The name of several plants of the genus Spiraea, especially the white- or pink-flowered S. salicifolia, a low European and American shrub, and the herbaceous S. Ulmaria, which has fragrant white flowers in compound cymes."
5230  
5231  "Meadowy (a.) Of or pertaining to meadows; resembling, or consisting of, meadow."
5232  
5233  Meager (a.) Alt. of Meagre
5234  
5235  "Meagre (a.) Destitue of, or having little, flesh; lean."
5236  
5237  "Meagre (a.) Destitute of richness, fertility, strength, or the like; defective in quantity, or poor in quality; poor; barren; scanty in ideas; wanting strength of diction or affluence of imagery."
5238  
5239  "Meagre (a.) Dry and harsh to the touch, as chalk."
5240  
5241  Meager (v. t.) Alt. of Meagre
5242  
5243  Meagre (v. t.) To make lean.
5244  
5245  Meagerly (adv.) Alt. of Meagrely
5246  
5247  Meagrely (adv.) Poorly; thinly.
5248  
5249  Meagerness (n.) Alt. of Meagreness
5250  
5251  Meagreness (n.) The state or quality of being meager; leanness; scantiness; barrenness.
5252  
5253  "Meagre (n.) A large European sciaenoid fish (Sciaena umbra or S. aquila), having white bloodless flesh. It is valued as a food fish."
5254  
5255  Meak (n.) A hook with a long handle.
5256  
5257  Meaking (n.) The process of picking out the oakum from the seams of a vessel which is to be recalked.
5258  
5259  Meal (n.) A part; a fragment; a portion.
5260  
5261  "Meal (n.) The portion of food taken at a particular time for the satisfaction of appetite; the quantity usually taken at one time with the purpose of satisfying hunger; a repast; the act or time of eating a meal; as, the traveler has not eaten a good meal for a week; there was silence during the meal."
5262  
5263  "Meal (n.) Grain (esp. maize, rye, or oats) that is coarsely ground and unbolted; also, a kind of flour made from beans, pease, etc.; sometimes, any flour, esp. if coarse."
5264  
5265  "Meal (n.) Any substance that is coarsely pulverized like meal, but not granulated."
5266  
5267  "Meal (v. t.) To sprinkle with, or as with, meal."
5268  
5269  "Meal (v. t.) To pulverize; as, mealed powder."
5270  
5271  Mealies (n. pl.) Maize or Indian corn; -- the common name in South Africa.
5272  
5273  Mealiness (n.) The quality or state of being mealy.
5274  
5275  Meal-mouthed (a.) See Mealy-mouthed.
5276  
5277  Mealtime (n.) The usual time of eating a meal.
5278  
5279  "Mealy (superl.) Having the qualities of meal; resembling meal; soft, dry, and friable; easily reduced to a condition resembling meal; as, a mealy potato."
5280  
5281  "Mealy (superl.) Overspread with something that resembles meal; as, the mealy wings of an insect."
5282  
5283  Mealy-mouthed (a.) Using soft words; plausible; affectedly or timidly delicate of speech; unwilling to tell the truth in plain language.
5284  
5285  Meant (imp. & p. p.) of Mean
5286  
5287  Meaning (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Mean
5288  
5289  "Mean (v. t.) To have in the mind, as a purpose, intention, etc.; to intend; to purpose; to design; as, what do you mean to do ?"
5290  
5291  Mean (v. t.) To signify; to indicate; to import; to denote.
5292  
5293  Mean (v. i.) To have a purpose or intention.
5294  
5295  Mean (superl.) Destitute of distinction or eminence; common; low; vulgar; humble.
5296  
5297  "Mean (superl.) Wanting dignity of mind; low-minded; base; destitute of honor; spiritless; as, a mean motive."
5298  
5299  Mean (superl.) Of little value or account; worthy of little or no regard; contemptible; despicable.
5300  
5301  "Mean (superl.) Of poor quality; as, mean fare."
5302  
5303  "Mean (superl.) Penurious; stingy; close-fisted; illiberal; as, mean hospitality."
5304  
5305  Mean (a.) Occupying a middle position; middle; being about midway between extremes.
5306  
5307  Mean (a.) Intermediate in excellence of any kind.
5308  
5309  "Mean (a.) Average; having an intermediate value between two extremes, or between the several successive values of a variable quantity during one cycle of variation; as, mean distance; mean motion; mean solar day."
5310  
5311  "Mean (n.) That which is mean, or intermediate, between two extremes of place, time, or number; the middle point or place; middle rate or degree; mediocrity; medium; absence of extremes or excess; moderation; measure."
5312  
5313  "Mean (n.) A quantity having an intermediate value between several others, from which it is derived, and of which it expresses the resultant value; usually, unless otherwise specified, it is the simple average, formed by adding the quantities together and dividing by their number, which is called an arithmetical mean. A geometrical mean is the square root of the product of the quantities."
5314  
5315  "Mean (n.) That through which, or by the help of which, an end is attained; something tending to an object desired; intermediate agency or measure; necessary condition or coagent; instrument."
5316  
5317  "Mean (n.) Hence: Resources; property, revenue, or the like, considered as the condition of easy livelihood, or an instrumentality at command for effecting any purpose; disposable force or substance."
5318  
5319  "Mean (n.) A part, whether alto or tenor, intermediate between the soprano and base; a middle part."
5320  
5321  Mean (n.) Meantime; meanwhile.
5322  
5323  Mean (n.) A mediator; a go-between.
5324  
5325  "Meander (n.) A winding, crooked, or involved course; as, the meanders of the veins and arteries."
5326  
5327  Meander (n.) A tortuous or intricate movement.
5328  
5329  Meander (n.) Fretwork. See Fret.
5330  
5331  "Meander (v. t.) To wind, turn, or twist; to make flexuous."
5332  
5333  Meandered (imp. & p. p.) of Meander
5334  
5335  Meandering (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Meander
5336  
5337  Meander (v. i.) To wind or turn in a course or passage; to be intricate.
5338  
5339  Meandrian (a.) Winding; having many turns.
5340  
5341  "Meandrina (n.) A genus of corals with meandering grooves and ridges, including the brain corals."
5342  
5343  Meandrous (a.) Alt. of Meandry
5344  
5345  Meandry (a.) Winding; flexuous.
5346  
5347  "Meaning (n.) That which is meant or intended; intent; purpose; aim; object; as, a mischievous meaning was apparent."
5348  
5349  "Meaning (n.) That which is signified, whether by act lanquage; signification; sence; import; as, the meaning of a hint."
5350  
5351  Meaning (n.) Sense; power of thinking.
5352  
5353  Meanly (adv.) Moderately.
5354  
5355  Meanly (adv.) In a mean manner; unworthily; basely; poorly; ungenerously.
5356  
5357  "Meanness (n.) The condition, or quality, of being mean; want of excellence; poorness; lowness; baseness; sordidness; stinginess."
5358  
5359  "Meanness (n.) A mean act; as, to be guilty of meanness."
5360  
5361  Mean-spirited (a.) Of a mean spirit; base; groveling.
5362  
5363  Meant () imp. & p. p. of Mean.
5364  
5365  Meantime (n.) Alt. of Meanwhile
5366  
5367  "Meanwhile (n.) The intervening time; as, in the meantime (or mean time)."
5368  
5369  Meantime (adv.) Alt. of Meanwhile
5370  
5371  Meanwhile (adv.) In the intervening time; during the interval.
5372  
5373  Mear (n.) A boundary. See Mere.
5374  
5375  "Mease (n.) Five hundred; as, a mease of herrings."
5376  
5377  Measelry (n.) Leprosy.
5378  
5379  Measle (n.) A leper.
5380  
5381  "Measle (n.) A tapeworm larva. See 2d Measles, 4."
5382  
5383  "Measled (a.) Infected or spotted with measles, as pork."
5384  
5385  "Measles (n.) Leprosy; also, a leper."
5386  
5387  "Measles (n.) A contagious febrile disorder commencing with catarrhal symptoms, and marked by the appearance on the third day of an eruption of distinct red circular spots, which coalesce in a crescentic form, are slightly raised above the surface, and after the fourth day of the eruption gradually decline; rubeola."
5388  
5389  Measles (n.) A disease of cattle and swine in which the flesh is filled with the embryos of different varieties of the tapeworm.
5390  
5391  Measles (n.) A disease of trees.
5392  
5393  "Measles (n.) The larvae of any tapeworm (Taenia) in the cysticerus stage, when contained in meat. Called also bladder worms."
5394  
5395  Measly (a.) Infected with measles.
5396  
5397  Measly (a.) Containing larval tapeworms; -- said of pork and beef.
5398  
5399  Measurable (a.) Capable of being measured; susceptible of mensuration or computation.
5400  
5401  Measurable (a.) Moderate; temperate; not excessive.
5402  
5403  "Measure (n.) A standard of dimension; a fixed unit of quantity or extent; an extent or quantity in the fractions or multiples of which anything is estimated and stated; hence, a rule by which anything is adjusted or judged."
5404  
5405  "Measure (n.) An instrument by means of which size or quantity is measured, as a graduated line, rod, vessel, or the like."
5406  
5407  "Measure (n.) The dimensions or capacity of anything, reckoned according to some standard; size or extent, determined and stated; estimated extent; as, to take one's measure for a coat."
5408  
5409  Measure (n.) The contents of a vessel by which quantity is measured; a quantity determined by a standard; a stated or limited quantity or amount.
5410  
5411  "Measure (n.) Extent or degree not excessive or beyong bounds; moderation; due restraint; esp. in the phrases, in measure; with measure; without or beyond measure."
5412  
5413  "Measure (n.) Determined extent, not to be exceeded; limit; allotted share, as of action, influence, ability, or the like; due proportion."
5414  
5415  "Measure (n.) The quantity determined by measuring, especially in buying and selling; as, to give good or full measure."
5416  
5417  Measure (n.) Undefined quantity; extent; degree.
5418  
5419  Measure (n.) Regulated division of movement
5420  
5421  "Measure (n.) A regulated movement corresponding to the time in which the accompanying music is performed; but, especially, a slow and stately dance, like the minuet."
5422  
5423  "Measure (n.) The group or grouping of beats, caused by the regular recurrence of accented beats."
5424  
5425  Measure (n.) The space between two bars.
5426  
5427  "Measure (a.) The manner of ordering and combining the quantities, or long and short syllables; meter; rhythm; hence, a foot; as, a poem in iambic measure."
5428  
5429  "Measure (a.) A number which is contained in a given number a number of times without a remainder; as in the phrases, the common measure, the greatest common measure, etc., of two or more numbers."
5430  
5431  "Measure (a.) A step or definite part of a progressive course or policy; a means to an end; an act designed for the accomplishment of an object; as, political measures; prudent measures; an inefficient measure."
5432  
5433  Measure (a.) The act of measuring; measurement.
5434  
5435  "Measure (a.) Beds or strata; as, coal measures; lead measures."
5436  
5437  Measured (imp. & p. p.) of Measure
5438  
5439  Measuring (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Measure
5440  
5441  "Measure (n.) To ascertain by use of a measuring instrument; to compute or ascertain the extent, quantity, dimensions, or capacity of, by a certain rule or standard; to take the dimensions of; hence, to estimate; to judge of; to value; to appraise."
5442  
5443  "Measure (n.) To serve as the measure of; as, the thermometer measures changes of temperature."
5444  
5445  "Measure (n.) To pass throught or over in journeying, as if laying off and determining the distance."
5446  
5447  Measure (n.) To adjust by a rule or standard.
5448  
5449  Measure (n.) To allot or distribute by measure; to set off or apart by measure; -- often with out or off.
5450  
5451  Measure (v. i.) To make a measurement or measurements.
5452  
5453  "Measure (v. i.) To result, or turn out, on measuring; as, the grain measures well; the pieces measure unequally."
5454  
5455  "Measure (v. i.) To be of a certain size or quantity, or to have a certain length, breadth, or thickness, or a certain capacity according to a standard measure; as, cloth measures three fourths of a yard; a tree measures three feet in diameter."
5456  
5457  "Measured (a.) Regulated or determined by a standard; hence, equal; uniform; graduated; limited; moderated; as, he walked with measured steps; he expressed himself in no measured terms."
5458  
5459  Measureless (a.) Without measure; unlimited; immeasurable.
5460  
5461  "Measurement (n.) The act or result of measuring; mensuration; as, measurement is required."
5462  
5463  "Measurement (n.) The extent, size, capacity, amount. or quantity ascertained by measuring; as, its measurement is five acres."
5464  
5465  Measurer (n.) One who measures; one whose occupation or duty is to measure commondities in market.
5466  
5467  "Measuring (a.) Used in, or adapted for, ascertaining measurements, or dividing by measure."
5468  
5469  "Meat (n.) Food, in general; anything eaten for nourishment, either by man or beast. Hence, the edible part of anything; as, the meat of a lobster, a nut, or an egg."
5470  
5471  "Meat (n.) The flesh of animals used as food; esp., animal muscle; as, a breakfast of bread and fruit without meat."
5472  
5473  "Meat (n.) Specifically, dinner; the chief meal."
5474  
5475  Meat (v. t.) To supply with food.
5476  
5477  Meatal (a.) Of or pertaining to a meatus; resembling a meatus.
5478  
5479  Meated (a.) Fed; fattened.
5480  
5481  "Meated (a.) Having (such) meat; -- used chiefly in composition; as, thick-meated."
5482  
5483  Meath (n.) Alt. of Meathe
5484  
5485  Meathe (n.) A sweet liquor; mead.
5486  
5487  Meatiness (n.) Quality of being meaty.
5488  
5489  Meatless (a.) Having no meat; without food.
5490  
5491  "Meatoscope (n.) A speculum for examining a natural passage, as the urethra."
5492  
5493  Meatotome (n.) An instrument for cutting into the urethra so as to enlarge its orifice.
5494  
5495  Meatuses (pl. ) of Meatus
5496  
5497  "Meatus (n. sing. & pl.) A natural passage or canal; as, the external auditory meatus. See Illust. of Ear."
5498  
5499  Meaty (a.) Abounding in meat.
5500  
5501  Meaw (n.) The sea mew.
5502  
5503  "Meaw (v. i.) See Mew, to cry as a cat."
5504  
5505  "Meawl (v. i.) See Mewl, and Miaul."
5506  
5507  Meazel (n.) See 1st Measle.
5508  
5509  Meazling (a.) Falling in small drops; mistling; mizzing.
5510  
5511  Mebles (n. pl.) See Moebles.
5512  
5513  "Mecate (n.) A rope of hair or of maguey fiber, for tying horses, etc."
5514  
5515  "Meccawee (a.) Of or pertaining to Mecca, in Arabia."
5516  
5517  Meccawee (n.) A native or inhabitant of Mecca.
5518  
5519  Mechanic (a.) The art of the application of the laws of motion or force to construction.
5520  
5521  "Mechanic (a.) A mechanician; an artisan; an artificer; one who practices any mechanic art; one skilled or employed in shaping and uniting materials, as wood, metal, etc., into any kind of structure, machine, or other object, requiring the use of tools, or instruments."
5522  
5523  "Mechanic (a.) Having to do with the application of the laws of motion in the art of constructing or making things; of or pertaining to mechanics; mechanical; as, the mechanic arts."
5524  
5525  "Mechanic (a.) Of or pertaining to a mechanic or artificer, or to the class of artisans; hence, rude; common; vulgar."
5526  
5527  Mechanic (a.) Base.
5528  
5529  "Mechanical (a.) Pertaining to, governed by, or in accordance with, mechanics, or the laws of motion; pertaining to the quantitative relations of force and matter, as distinguished from mental, vital, chemical, etc.; as, mechanical principles; a mechanical theory; mechanical deposits."
5530  
5531  "Mechanical (a.) Of or pertaining to a machine or to machinery or tools; made or formed by a machine or with tools; as, mechanical precision; mechanical products."
5532  
5533  "Mechanical (a.) Done as if by a machine; uninfluenced by will or emotion; proceeding automatically, or by habit, without special intention or reflection; as, mechanical singing; mechanical verses; mechanical service."
5534  
5535  "Mechanical (a.) Made and operated by interaction of forces without a directing intelligence; as, a mechanical universe."
5536  
5537  "Mechanical (a.) Obtained by trial, by measurements, etc.; approximate; empirical. See the 2d Note under Geometric."
5538  
5539  Mechanical (n.) A mechanic.
5540  
5541  Mechanicalize (v. t.) To cause to become mechanical.
5542  
5543  Mechanically (adv.) In a mechanical manner.
5544  
5545  Mechanicalness (n.) The state or quality of being mechanical.
5546  
5547  Mechanician (n.) One skilled in the theory or construction of machines; a machinist.
5548  
5549  "Mechanico-chemical (a.) Pertaining to, connected with, or dependent upon, both mechanics and chemistry; -- said especially of those sciences which treat of such phenomena as seem to depend on the laws both of mechanics and chemistry, as electricity and magnetism."
5550  
5551  "Mechanics (n.) That science, or branch of applied mathematics, which treats of the action of forces on bodies."
5552  
5553  "Mechanism (n.) The arrangement or relation of the parts of a machine; the parts of a machine, taken collectively; the arrangement or relation of the parts of anything as adapted to produce an effect; as, the mechanism of a watch; the mechanism of a sewing machine; the mechanism of a seed pod."
5554  
5555  Mechanism (n.) Mechanical operation or action.
5556  
5557  "Mechanism (n.) An ideal machine; a combination of movable bodies constituting a machine, but considered only with regard to relative movements."
5558  
5559  Mechanist (n.) A maker of machines; one skilled in mechanics.
5560  
5561  Mechanist (n.) One who regards the phenomena of nature as the effects of forces merely mechanical.
5562  
5563  Mechanized (imp. & p. p.) of Mechanize
5564  
5565  Mechanizing (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Mechanize
5566  
5567  Mechanize (v. t.) To cause to be mechanical.
5568  
5569  Mechanograph (n.) One of a number of copies of anything multiplied mechanically.
5570  
5571  Mechanographic (a.) Treating of mechanics.
5572  
5573  "Mechanographic (a.) Written, copied, or recorded by machinery; produced by mechanography; as, a mechanographic record of changes of temperature; mechanographic prints."
5574  
5575  "Mechanographist (n.) An artist who, by mechanical means, multiplies copies of works of art."
5576  
5577  "Mechanography (n.) The art of mechanically multiplying copies of a writing, or any work of art."
5578  
5579  Mechanurgy (n.) That branch of science which treats of moving machines.
5580  
5581  Mechitarist (n.) One of a religious congregation of the Roman Catholic Church devoted to the improvement of Armenians.
5582  
5583  "Mechlin (n.) A kind of lace made at, or originating in, Mechlin, in Belgium."
5584  
5585  "Mechoacan (n.) A species of jalap, of very feeble properties, said to be obtained from the root of a species of Convolvulus (C. Mechoacan); -- so called from Michoacan, in Mexico, whence it is obtained."
5586  
5587  "Meckelian (a.) Pertaining to, or discovered by, J. F. Meckel, a German anatomist."
5588  
5589  Meconate (n.) A salt of meconic acid.
5590  
5591  "Meconic (a.) Pertaining to, or obtained from, the poppy or opium; specif. (Chem.), designating an acid related to aconitic acid, found in opium and extracted as a white crystalline substance."
5592  
5593  "Meconidine (n.) An alkaloid found in opium, and extracted as a yellow amorphous substance which is easily decomposed."
5594  
5595  "Meconidium (n.) A kind of gonophore produced by hydroids of the genus Gonothyraea. It has tentacles, and otherwise resembles a free medusa, but remains attached by a pedicel."
5596  
5597  "Meconin (n.) A substance regarded as an anhydride of meconinic acid, existing in opium and extracted as a white crystalline substance. Also erroneously called meconina, meconia, etc., as though it were an alkaloid."
5598  
5599  "Meconinic (a.) Pertaining to, or designating, an acid which occurs in opium, and which may be obtained by oxidizing narcotine."
5600  
5601  Meconium (n.) Opium.
5602  
5603  "Meconium (n.) The contents of the fetal intestine; hence, first excrement."
5604  
5605  "Medal (n.) A piece of metal in the form of a coin, struck with a device, and intended to preserve the remembrance of a notable event or an illustrious person, or to serve as a reward."
5606  
5607  Medaled (imp. & p. p.) of Medal
5608  
5609  Medalled () of Medal
5610  
5611  Medaling (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Medal
5612  
5613  Medalling () of Medal
5614  
5615  Medal (v. t.) To honor or reward with a medal.
5616  
5617  Medalet (n.) A small medal.
5618  
5619  Medalist (n.) A person that is skilled or curious in medals; a collector of medals.
5620  
5621  Medalist (n.) A designer of medals.
5622  
5623  Medalist (n.) One who has gained a medal as the reward of merit.
5624  
5625  "Medallic (a.) Of or pertaining to a medal, or to medals."
5626  
5627  Medallion (n.) A large medal or memorial coin.
5628  
5629  "Medallion (n.) A circular or oval (or, sometimes, square) tablet bearing a figure or figures represented in relief."
5630  
5631  Medalurgy (n.) The art of making and striking medals and coins.
5632  
5633  Meddled (imp. & p. p.) of Meddle
5634  
5635  Meddling (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Meddle
5636  
5637  Meddle (v. i.) To mix; to mingle.
5638  
5639  Meddle (v. i.) To interest or engage one's self; to have to do; -- / a good sense.
5640  
5641  "Meddle (v. i.) To interest or engage one's self unnecessarily or impertinently, to interfere or busy one's self improperly with another's affairs; specifically, to handle or distrub another's property without permission; -- often followed by with or in."
5642  
5643  Meddle (v. t.) To mix; to mingle.
5644  
5645  Meddler (n.) One who meddles; one who interferes or busies himself with things in which he has no concern; an officious person; a busybody.
5646  
5647  Meddlesome (a.) Given to meddling; apt to interpose in the affairs of others; officiously intrusive.
5648  
5649  Meddling (a.) Meddlesome.
5650  
5651  Meddlingly (adv.) In a meddling manner.
5652  
5653  Mede (n.) A native or inhabitant of Media in Asia.
5654  
5655  "Mede (n.) See lst & 2d Mead, and Meed."
5656  
5657  Media (n.) pl. of Medium.
5658  
5659  Mediae (pl. ) of Media
5660  
5661  "Media (n.) One of the sonant mutes /, /, / (b, d, g), in Greek, or of their equivalents in other languages, so named as intermediate between the tenues, /, /, / (p, t, k), and the aspiratae (aspirates) /, /, / (ph or f, th, ch). Also called middle mute, or medial, and sometimes soft mute."
5662  
5663  Mediacy (n.) The state or quality of being mediate.
5664  
5665  "Mediaeval (a.) Of or relating to the Middle Ages; as, mediaeval architecture."
5666  
5667  Mediaevalism (n.) The method or spirit of the Middle Ages; devotion to the institutions and practices of the Middle Ages; a survival from the Middle Ages.
5668  
5669  "Mediaevalist (n.) One who has a taste for, or is versed in, the history of the Middle Ages; one in sympathy with the spirit or forms of the Middle Ages."
5670  
5671  Mediaevally (adv.) In the manner of the Middle Ages; in accordance with mediaevalism.
5672  
5673  Mediaevals (n. pl.) The people who lived in the Middle Ages.
5674  
5675  "Medial (a.) Of or pertaining to a mean or average; mean; as, medial alligation."
5676  
5677  Medial (n.) See 2d Media.
5678  
5679  Medialuna (n.) See Half-moon.
5680  
5681  "Median (a.) Being in the middle; running through the middle; as, a median groove."
5682  
5683  "Median (a.) Situated in the middle; lying in a plane dividing a bilateral animal into right and left halves; -- said of unpaired organs and parts; as, median coverts."
5684  
5685  Median (n.) A median line or point.
5686  
5687  Mediant (n.) The third above the keynote; -- so called because it divides the interval between the tonic and dominant into two thirds.
5688  
5689  Mediastinal (a.) Of or pertaining to a mediastinum.
5690  
5691  Mediastine (n.) Alt. of Mediastinum
5692  
5693  "Mediastinum (n.) A partition; a septum; specifically, the folds of the pleura (and the space included between them) which divide the thorax into a right and left cavity. The space included between these folds of the pleura, called the mediastinal space, contains the heart and gives passage to the esophagus and great blood vessels."
5694  
5695  Mediate (a.) Being between the two extremes; middle; interposed; intervening; intermediate.
5696  
5697  "Mediate (a.) Acting by means, or by an intervening cause or instrument; not direct or immediate; acting or suffering through an intervening agent or condition."
5698  
5699  Mediate (a.) Gained or effected by a medium or condition.
5700  
5701  Mediated (imp. & p. p.) of Mediate
5702  
5703  Mediating (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Mediate
5704  
5705  "Mediate (a.) To be in the middle, or between two; to intervene."
5706  
5707  "Mediate (a.) To interpose between parties, as the equal friend of each, esp. for the purpose of effecting a reconciliation or agreement; as, to mediate between nations."
5708  
5709  "Mediate (v. t.) To effect by mediation or interposition; to bring about as a mediator, instrument, or means; as, to mediate a peace."
5710  
5711  Mediate (v. t.) To divide into two equal parts.
5712  
5713  Mediately (adv.) In a mediate manner; by a secondary cause or agent; not directly or primarily; by means; -- opposed to immediately.
5714  
5715  Mediateness (n.) The state of being mediate.
5716  
5717  "Mediation (a.) The act of mediating; action or relation of anything interposed; action as a necessary condition, means, or instrument; interposition; intervention."
5718  
5719  "Mediation (a.) Hence, specifically, agency between parties at variance, with a view to reconcile them; entreaty for another; intercession."
5720  
5721  "Mediative (a.) Pertaining to mediation; used in mediation; as, mediative efforts."
5722  
5723  Mediatization (n.) The act of mediatizing.
5724  
5725  Mediatized (imp. & p. p.) of Mediatize
5726  
5727  Mediatizing (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Mediatize
5728  
5729  "Mediatize (v. t.) To cause to act through an agent or to hold a subordinate position; to annex; -- specifically applied to the annexation during the former German empire of a smaller German state to a larger, while allowing it a nominal sovereignty, and its prince his rank."
5730  
5731  "Mediator (n.) One who mediates; especially, one who interposes between parties at variance for the purpose of reconciling them; hence, an intercessor."
5732  
5733  "Mediatorial (a.) Of or pertaining to a mediator, or to mediation; mediatory; as, a mediatorial office."
5734  
5735  Mediatorship (n.) The office or character of a mediator.
5736  
5737  Mediatory (a.) Mediatorial.
5738  
5739  Mediatress (n.) Alt. of Mediatrix
5740  
5741  Mediatrix (n.) A female mediator.
5742  
5743  "Medic (n.) A leguminous plant of the genus Medicago. The black medic is the Medicago lupulina; the purple medic, or lucern, is M. sativa."
5744  
5745  Medic (a.) Medical.
5746  
5747  Medicable (a.) Capable of being medicated; admitting of being cured or healed.
5748  
5749  "Medical (a.) Of, pertaining to, or having to do with, the art of healing disease, or the science of medicine; as, the medical profession; medical services; a medical dictionary; medical jurisprudence."
5750  
5751  "Medical (a.) Containing medicine; used in medicine; medicinal; as, the medical properties of a plant."
5752  
5753  "Medically (adv.) In a medical manner; with reference to healing, or to the principles of the healing art."
5754  
5755  Medicament (n.) Anything used for healing diseases or wounds; a medicine; a healing application.
5756  
5757  Medicamental (a.) Of or pertaining to medicaments or healing applications; having the qualities of medicaments.
5758  
5759  Medicaster (n.) A quack.
5760  
5761  Medicated (imp. & p. p.) of Medicate
5762  
5763  Medicating (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Medicate
5764  
5765  Medicate (v. t.) To tincture or impregnate with anything medicinal; to drug.
5766  
5767  Medicate (v. t.) To treat with medicine.
5768  
5769  Medication () The act or process of medicating.
5770  
5771  Medicative (a.) Medicinal; acting like a medicine.
5772  
5773  "Medicean (a.) Of or relating to the Medici, a noted Italian family; as, the Medicean Venus."
5774  
5775  Medicinable (a.) Medicinal; having the power of healing.
5776  
5777  "Medicinal (a.) Having curative or palliative properties; used for the cure or alleviation of bodily disorders; as, medicinal tinctures, plants, or springs."
5778  
5779  Medicinal (a.) Of or pertaining to medicine; medical.
5780  
5781  Medicinally (adv.) In a medicinal manner.
5782  
5783  "Medicine (n.) The science which relates to the prevention, cure, or alleviation of disease."
5784  
5785  Medicine (n.) Any substance administered in the treatment of disease; a remedial agent; a remedy; physic.
5786  
5787  Medicine (n.) A philter or love potion.
5788  
5789  Medicine (n.) A physician.
5790  
5791  Medicine (v. t.) To give medicine to; to affect as a medicine does; to remedy; to cure.
5792  
5793  Medico-legal (a.) Of or pertaining to law as affected by medical facts.
5794  
5795  Medicommissure (n.) A large transverse commissure in the third ventricle of the brain; the middle or soft commissure.
5796  
5797  Medicornua (pl. ) of Medicornu
5798  
5799  Medicornu (n.) The middle or inferior horn of each lateral ventricle of the brain.
5800  
5801  Medics (n.) Science of medicine.
5802  
5803  Mediety (n.) The middle part; half; moiety.
5804  
5805  Medieval () Alt. of Medievalist
5806  
5807  Medievalism () Alt. of Medievalist
5808  
5809  "Medievalist () Same as Medi/val, Medi/valism, etc."
5810  
5811  "Medina epoch () A subdivision of the Niagara period in the American upper Silurian, characterized by the formations known as the Oneida conglomerate, and the Medina sandstone. See the Chart of Geology."
5812  
5813  Medino (n.) Same as Para.
5814  
5815  Mediocral (a.) Mediocre.
5816  
5817  Mediocre (a.) Of a middle quality; of but a moderate or low degree of excellence; indifferent; ordinary.
5818  
5819  Mediocre (n.) A mediocre person.
5820  
5821  Mediocre (n.) A young monk who was excused from performing a portion of a monk's duties.
5822  
5823  Mediocrist (n.) A mediocre person.
5824  
5825  Mediocrity (n.) The quality of being mediocre; a middle state or degree; a moderate degree or rate.
5826  
5827  Mediocrity (n.) Moderation; temperance.
5828  
5829  "Mediostapedial (a.) Pertaining to that part of the columella of the ear which, in some animals, connects the stapes with the other parts of the columella."
5830  
5831  Mediostapedial (n.) The mediostapedial part of the columella.
5832  
5833  Medioxumous (a.) Intermediate.
5834  
5835  Meditance (n.) Meditation.
5836  
5837  Meditated (imp. & p. p.) of Meditate
5838  
5839  Meditating (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Meditate
5840  
5841  Meditate (v. i.) To keep the mind in a state of contemplation; to dwell on anything in thought; to think seriously; to muse; to cogitate; to reflect.
5842  
5843  Meditate (v. t.) To contemplate; to keep the mind fixed upon; to study.
5844  
5845  "Meditate (v. t.) To purpose; to intend; to design; to plan by revolving in the mind; as, to meditate a war."
5846  
5847  Meditation (n.) The act of meditating; close or continued thought; the turning or revolving of a subject in the mind; serious contemplation; reflection; musing.
5848  
5849  Meditation (n.) Thought; -- without regard to kind.
5850  
5851  Meditatist (n.) One who is given to meditation.
5852  
5853  "Meditative (a.) Disposed to meditate, or to meditation; as, a meditative man; a meditative mood."
5854  
5855  "Mediterranean (a.) Inclosed, or nearly inclosed, with land; as, the Mediterranean Sea, between Europe and Africa."
5856  
5857  Mediterranean (a.) Inland; remote from the ocean.
5858  
5859  "Mediterranean (a.) Of or pertaining to the Mediterranean Sea; as, Mediterranean trade; a Mediterranean voyage."
5860  
5861  Mediterraneous (a.) Inland.
5862  
5863  Media (pl. ) of Medium
5864  
5865  Mediums (pl. ) of Medium
5866  
5867  "Medium (n.) That which lies in the middle, or between other things; intervening body or quantity. Hence, specifically: (a) Middle place or degree; mean."
5868  
5869  Medium (n.) See Mean.
5870  
5871  Medium (n.) The mean or middle term of a syllogism; that by which the extremes are brought into connection.
5872  
5873  "Medium (n.) A substance through which an effect is transmitted from one thing to another; as, air is the common medium of sound. Hence: The condition upon which any event or action occurs; necessary means of motion or action; that through or by which anything is accomplished, conveyed, or carried on; specifically, in animal magnetism, spiritualism, etc., a person through whom the action of another being is said to be manifested and transmitted."
5874  
5875  Medium (n.) An average.
5876  
5877  Medium (n.) A trade name for printing and writing paper of certain sizes. See Paper.
5878  
5879  Medium (n.) The liquid vehicle with which dry colors are ground and prepared for application.
5880  
5881  "Medium (a.) Having a middle position or degree; mean; intermediate; medial; as, a horse of medium size; a decoction of medium strength."
5882  
5883  "Medium-sized (a.) Having a medium size; as, a medium-sized man."
5884  
5885  Medii (pl. ) of Medius
5886  
5887  "Medius (n.) The third or middle finger; the third digit, or that which corresponds to it."
5888  
5889  "Medlar (n.) A tree of the genus Mespilus (M. Germanica); also, the fruit of the tree. The fruit is something like a small apple, but has a bony endocarp. When first gathered the flesh is hard and austere, and it is not eaten until it has begun to decay."
5890  
5891  Medle (v. t.) To mix; to mingle; to meddle.
5892  
5893  Medleys (pl. ) of Medley
5894  
5895  "Medley (n.) A mixture; a mingled and confused mass of ingredients, usually inharmonious; a jumble; a hodgepodge; -- often used contemptuously."
5896  
5897  "Medley (n.) The confusion of a hand to hand battle; a brisk, hand to hand engagement; a melee."
5898  
5899  Medley (n.) A composition of passages detached from several different compositions; a potpourri.
5900  
5901  Medley (n.) A cloth of mixed colors.
5902  
5903  Medley (a.) Mixed; of mixed material or color.
5904  
5905  Medley (a.) Mingled; confused.
5906  
5907  Medly (v. t.) See Medle.
5908  
5909  "Medoc (n.) A class of claret wines, including several varieties, from the district of Medoc in the department of Gironde."
5910  
5911  "Medregal (n.) See Bonito, 3."
5912  
5913  Medrick (n.) A species of gull or tern.
5914  
5915  "Medulla (n.) Marrow; pith; hence, essence."
5916  
5917  "Medulla (n.) The marrow of bones; the deep or inner portion of an organ or part; as, the medulla, or medullary substance, of the kidney; specifically, the medula oblongata."
5918  
5919  "Medulla (n.) A soft tissue, occupying the center of the stem or branch of a plant; pith."
5920  
5921  Medullar (a.) See Medullary.
5922  
5923  "Medullary (a.) Pertaining to, consisting of, or resembling, marrow or medulla."
5924  
5925  Medullary (a.) Pertaining to the medula oblongata.
5926  
5927  Medullary (a.) Filled with spongy pith; pithy.
5928  
5929  "Medullated (a.) Furnished with a medulla or marrow, or with a medullary sheath; as, a medullated nerve fiber."
5930  
5931  "Medullin (n.) A variety of lignin or cellulose found in the medulla, or pith, of certain plants. Cf. Lignin, and Cellulose."
5932  
5933  "Medusa (n.) The Gorgon; or one of the Gorgons whose hair was changed into serpents, after which all who looked upon her were turned into stone."
5934  
5935  Medusae (pl. ) of Medusa
5936  
5937  Medusa (n.) Any free swimming acaleph; a jellyfish.
5938  
5939  Medusian (n.) A medusa.
5940  
5941  Medusiform (a.) Resembling a medusa in shape or structure.
5942  
5943  "Medusoid (a.) Like a medusa; having the fundamental structure of a medusa, but without a locomotive disk; -- said of the sessile gonophores of hydroids."
5944  
5945  Medusoid (n.) A sessile gonophore. See Illust. under Gonosome.
5946  
5947  Meech (v. i.) See Mich.
5948  
5949  Meed (n.) That which is bestowed or rendered in consideration of merit; reward; recompense.
5950  
5951  Meed (n.) Merit or desert; worth.
5952  
5953  "Meed (n.) A gift; also, a bride."
5954  
5955  Meed (v. t.) To reward; to repay.
5956  
5957  Meed (v. t.) To deserve; to merit.
5958  
5959  "Meedful (a.) Worthy of meed, reward, or recompense; meritorious."
5960  
5961  Meedfully (adv.) According to merit; suitably.
5962  
5963  "Meek (superl.) Mild of temper; not easily provoked or orritated; patient under injuries; not vain, or haughty, or resentful; forbearing; submissive."
5964  
5965  "Meek (superl.) Evincing mildness of temper, or patience; characterized by mildness or patience; as, a meek answer; a meek face."
5966  
5967  Meek (v. t.) Alt. of Meeken
5968  
5969  Meeken (v. t.) To make meek; to nurture in gentleness and humility.
5970  
5971  Meekly (adv.) In a meek manner.
5972  
5973  Meekness (n.) The quality or state of being meek.
5974  
5975  "Meer (a.) Simple; unmixed. See Mere, a."
5976  
5977  "Meer (n.) See Mere, a lake."
5978  
5979  Meer (n.) A boundary. See Mere.
5980  
5981  "Meerkat (n.) A South African carnivore (Cynictis penicillata), allied to the ichneumons."
5982  
5983  "Meerschaum (n.) A fine white claylike mineral, soft, and light enough when in dry masses to float in water. It is a hydrous silicate of magnesia, and is obtained chiefly in Asia Minor. It is manufacturd into tobacco pipes, cigar holders, etc. Also called sepiolite."
5984  
5985  Meerschaum (n.) A tobacco pipe made of this mineral.
5986  
5987  Met (imp. & p. p.) of Meet
5988  
5989  Meeting (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Meet
5990  
5991  "Meet (v. t.) To join, or come in contact with; esp., to come in contact with by approach from an opposite direction; to come upon or against, front to front, as distinguished from contact by following and overtaking."
5992  
5993  "Meet (v. t.) To come in collision with; to confront in conflict; to encounter hostilely; as, they met the enemy and defeated them; the ship met opposing winds and currents."
5994  
5995  "Meet (v. t.) To come into the presence of without contact; to come close to; to intercept; to come within the perception, influence, or recognition of; as, to meet a train at a junction; to meet carriages or persons in the street; to meet friends at a party; sweet sounds met the ear."
5996  
5997  "Meet (v. t.) To perceive; to come to a knowledge of; to have personal acquaintance with; to experience; to suffer; as, the eye met a horrid sight; he met his fate."
5998  
5999  "Meet (v. t.) To come up to; to be even with; to equal; to match; to satisfy; to ansver; as, to meet one's expectations; the supply meets the demand."
6000  
6001  "Meet (v. t.) To come together by mutual approach; esp., to come in contact, or into proximity, by approach from opposite directions; to join; to come face to face; to come in close relationship; as, we met in the street; two lines meet so as to form an angle."
6002  
6003  Meet (v. t.) To come together with hostile purpose; to have an encounter or conflict.
6004  
6005  "Meet (v. t.) To assemble together; to congregate; as, Congress meets on the first Monday of December."
6006  
6007  "Meet (v. t.) To come together by mutual concessions; hence, to agree; to harmonize; to unite."
6008  
6009  "Meet (n.) An assembling together; esp., the assembling of huntsmen for the hunt; also, the persons who so assemble, and the place of meeting."
6010  
6011  Meet (a.) Suitable; fit; proper; appropriate; qualified; convenient.
6012  
6013  Meet (adv.) Meetly.
6014  
6015  Meeten (v. t.) To render fit.
6016  
6017  Meeter (n.) One who meets.
6018  
6019  Meeth (n.) Mead. See Meathe.
6020  
6021  "Meeting (n.) A coming together; an assembling; as, the meeting of Congress."
6022  
6023  "Meeting (n.) A junction, crossing, or union; as, the meeting of the roads or of two rivers."
6024  
6025  "Meeting (n.) A congregation; a collection of people; a convention; as, a large meeting; an harmonius meeting."
6026  
6027  "Meeting (n.) An assembly for worship; as, to attend meeting on Sunday; -- in England, applied distinctively and disparagingly to the worshiping assemblies of Dissenters."
6028  
6029  "Meetinghouse (n.) A house used as a place of worship; a church; -- in England, applied only to a house so used by Dissenters."
6030  
6031  Meetly (adv.) Fitly; suitably; properly.
6032  
6033  Meetness (n.) Fitness; suitableness; propriety.
6034  
6035  Meg- () Alt. of Megalo-
6036  
6037  Mega () Alt. of Megalo-
6038  
6039  "Megalo- () Combining forms signifying: (a) Great, extended, powerful; as, megascope, megacosm."
6040  
6041  "Megalo- () A million times, a million of; as, megameter, a million meters; megafarad, a million farads; megohm, a million ohms."
6042  
6043  Megacephalic (a.) Alt. of Megacephalous
6044  
6045  "Megacephalous (a.) Large headed; -- applied to animals, and to plants when they have large flower heads."
6046  
6047  Megaceros (n.) The Irish elk.
6048  
6049  "Megachile (n.) A leaf-cutting bee of the genus Megachilus. See Leaf cutter, under Leaf."
6050  
6051  Megacosm (n.) See Macrocosm.
6052  
6053  Megacoulomb (n.) A million coulombs.
6054  
6055  Megaderm (n.) Any one of several species of Old World blood-sucking bats of the genus Megaderma.
6056  
6057  "Megadyne (n.) One of the larger measures of force, amounting to one million dynes."
6058  
6059  "Megafarad (n.) One of the larger measures of electrical capacity, amounting to one million farads; a macrofarad."
6060  
6061  Megalerg (n.) A million ergs; a megerg.
6062  
6063  "Megalesian (a.) Pertaining to, or in honor of, Cybele; as, the Megalesian games at Rome."
6064  
6065  Megalethoscope (n.) An optical apparatus in which pictures are viewed through a large lens with stereoptical effects. It is often combined with the stereoscope.
6066  
6067  "Megalith (n.) A large stone; especially, a large stone used in ancient building."
6068  
6069  Megalo- () See Meg-.
6070  
6071  "Megalocyte (n.) A large, flattened corpuscle, twice the diameter of the ordinary red corpuscle, found in considerable numbers in the blood in profound anaemia."
6072  
6073  Megalomania (n.) A form of mental alienation in which the patient has grandiose delusions.
6074  
6075  "Megalonyx (n.) An extinct quaternary mammal, of great size, allied to the sloth."
6076  
6077  Megalophonous (a.) Having a loud voice.
6078  
6079  Megalopolis (n.) A chief city; a metropolis.
6080  
6081  "Megalops (n.) A larva, in a stage following the zoea, in the development of most crabs. In this stage the legs and abdominal appendages have appeared, the abdomen is relatively long, and the eyes are large. Also used adjectively."
6082  
6083  Megalops (n.) A large fish; the tarpum.
6084  
6085  Megalopsychy (n.) Greatness of soul.
6086  
6087  Megalosaur (n.) Alt. of Megalosaurus
6088  
6089  "Megalosaurus (n.) A gigantic carnivorous dinosaur, whose fossil remains have been found in England and elsewhere."
6090  
6091  Megameter (n.) An instrument for determining longitude by observation of the stars.
6092  
6093  Megameter (n.) A micrometer.
6094  
6095  Megameter (n.) Alt. of Megametre
6096  
6097  "Megametre (n.) In the metric system, one million meters, or one thousand kilometers."
6098  
6099  Megampere (n.) A million amperes.
6100  
6101  "Megaphone (n.) A device to magnify sound, or direct it in a given direction in a greater volume, as a very large funnel used as an ear trumpet or as a speaking trumpet."
6102  
6103  "Megaphyton (n.) An extinct genus of tree ferns with large, two-ranked leaves, or fronds."
6104  
6105  "Megapode (n.) Any one of several species of large-footed, gallinaceous birds of the genera Megapodius and Leipoa, inhabiting Australia and other Pacific islands. See Jungle fowl (b) under Jungle, and Leipoa."
6106  
6107  Megapolis (n.) A metropolis.
6108  
6109  Megarian (a.) Alt. of Megaric
6110  
6111  "Megaric (a.) Belonging, or pertaining, to Megara, a city of ancient Greece."
6112  
6113  "Megascope (n.) A modification of the magic lantern, used esp. for throwing a magnified image of an opaque object on a screen, solar or artificial light being used."
6114  
6115  Megaseme (a.) Having the orbital index relatively large; having the orbits narrow transversely; -- opposed to microseme.
6116  
6117  Megass (n.) Alt. of Megasse
6118  
6119  Megasse (n.) See Bagasse.
6120  
6121  "Megasthene (n.) One of a group which includes the higher orders of mammals, having a large size as a typical characteristic."
6122  
6123  Megasthenic (a.) Having a typically large size; belonging to the megasthenes.
6124  
6125  "Megastome (n.) One of a group of univalve shells, having a large aperture or mouth."
6126  
6127  Megathere (n.) Alt. of Megatherium
6128  
6129  "Megatherium (n.) An extinct gigantic quaternary mammal, allied to the ant-eaters and sloths. Its remains are found in South America."
6130  
6131  "Megatheroid (n.) One of a family of extinct edentates found in America. The family includes the megatherium, the megalonyx, etc."
6132  
6133  "Megavolt (n.) One of the larger measures of electro-motive force, amounting to one million volts."
6134  
6135  Megaweber (n.) A million webers.
6136  
6137  "Megerg (n.) One of the larger measures of work, amounting to one million ergs; -- called also megalerg."
6138  
6139  Megilp (n.) Alt. of Megilph
6140  
6141  "Megilph (n.) A gelatinous compound of linseed oil and mastic varnish, used by artists as a vehicle for colors."
6142  
6143  "Megohm (n.) One of the larger measures of electrical resistance, amounting to one million ohms."
6144  
6145  "Megrim (n.) A kind of sick or nevrous headache, usually periodical and confined to one side of the head."
6146  
6147  "Megrim (n.) A fancy; a whim; a freak; a humor; esp., in the plural, lowness of spirits."
6148  
6149  "Megrim (n.) A sudden vertigo in a horse, succeeded sometimes by unconsciousness, produced by an excess of blood in the brain; a mild form of apoplexy."
6150  
6151  "Megrim (n.) The British smooth sole, or scaldfish (Psetta arnoglossa)."
6152  
6153  "Meibomian (a.) Of, pertaining to, or discovered by, Meibomius."
6154  
6155  Meine (v. t.) See Menge.
6156  
6157  Meine (n.) Alt. of Meiny
6158  
6159  "Meiny (n.) A family, including servants, etc.; household; retinue; train."
6160  
6161  Meiny (n.) Company; band; army.
6162  
6163  Meiocene (a.) See Miocene.
6164  
6165  "Meionite (n.) A member of the scapolite, group, occuring in glassy crystals on Monte Somma, near Naples."
6166  
6167  "Meiosis (n.) Diminution; a species of hyperbole, representing a thing as being less than it really is."
6168  
6169  Melostemonous (a.) Having fever stamens than the parts of the corolla.
6170  
6171  Meistersinger (n.) See Mastersinger.
6172  
6173  Mekhitarist (n.) See Mechitarist.
6174  
6175  "Melaconite (n.) An earthy black oxide of copper, arising from the decomposition of other ores."
6176  
6177  Melada (n.) Alt. of Melado
6178  
6179  Melado (n.) A mixture of sugar and molasses; crude sugar as it comes from the pans without being drained.
6180  
6181  "Melaena (n.) A discharge from the bowels of black matter, consisting of altered blood."
6182  
6183  Melain (n.) The dark coloring matter of the liquid of the cuttlefish.
6184  
6185  Melainotype (n.) See Melanotype.
6186  
6187  "Melam (n.) A white or buff-colored granular powder, C6H9N11, obtained by heating ammonium sulphocyanate."
6188  
6189  "Melamine (n.) A strong nitrogenous base, C3H6N6, produced from several cyanogen compounds, and obtained as a white crystalline substance, -- formerly supposed to be produced by the decomposition of melam. Called also cyanuramide."
6190  
6191  Melampode (n.) The black hellebore.
6192  
6193  Melampyrin (n.) Alt. of Melampyrite
6194  
6195  Melampyrite (n.) The saccharine substance dulcite; -- so called because found in the leaves of cowwheat (Melampyrum). See Dulcite.
6196  
6197  Melanaemia (n.) A morbid condition in which the blood contains black pigment either floating freely or imbedded in the white blood corpuscles.
6198  
6199  Melanagogue (n.) A medicine supposed to expel black bile or choler.
6200  
6201  "Melancholia (n.) A kind of mental unsoundness characterized by extreme depression of spirits, ill-grounded fears, delusions, and brooding over one particular subject or train of ideas."
6202  
6203  Melancholian (n.) A person affected with melancholy; a melancholic.
6204  
6205  Melancholic (a.) Given to melancholy; depressed; melancholy; dejected; unhappy.
6206  
6207  Melancholic (n.) One affected with a gloomy state of mind.
6208  
6209  Melancholic (n.) A gloomy state of mind; melancholy.
6210  
6211  Melancholily (adv.) In a melancholy manner.
6212  
6213  Melancholiness (n.) The state or quality of being melancholy.
6214  
6215  Melancholious (a.) Melancholy.
6216  
6217  Melancholist (n.) One affected with melancholy or dejection.
6218  
6219  Melancholize (v. i.) To become gloomy or dejected in mind.
6220  
6221  Melancholize (v. t.) To make melancholy.
6222  
6223  Melancholy (n.) Depression of spirits; a gloomy state continuing a considerable time; deep dejection; gloominess.
6224  
6225  "Melancholy (n.) Great and continued depression of spirits, amounting to mental unsoundness; melancholia."
6226  
6227  Melancholy (n.) Pensive maditation; serious thoughtfulness.
6228  
6229  Melancholy (n.) Ill nature.
6230  
6231  Melancholy (a.) Depressed in spirits; dejected; gloomy dismal.
6232  
6233  "Melancholy (a.) Producing great evil and grief; causing dejection; calamitous; afflictive; as, a melancholy event."
6234  
6235  Melancholy (a.) Somewhat deranged in mind; having the jugment impaired.
6236  
6237  Melancholy (a.) Favorable to meditation; somber.
6238  
6239  Melanesian (a.) Of or pertaining to Melanesia.
6240  
6241  Melange (n.) A mixture; a medley.
6242  
6243  "Melanian (n.) One of a family of fresh-water pectinibranchiate mollusks, having a turret-shaped shell."
6244  
6245  Melanic (a.) Melanotic.
6246  
6247  Melanic (a.) Of or pertaining to the black-haired races.
6248  
6249  "Melaniline (n.) A complex nitrogenous hydrocarbon obtained artificially (as by the action of cyanogen chloride on aniline) as a white, crystalline substance; -- called also diphenyl guanidin."
6250  
6251  "Melanin (n.) A black pigment found in the pigment-bearing cells of the skin (particularly in the skin of the negro), in the epithelial cells of the external layer of the retina (then called fuscin), in the outer layer of the choroid, and elsewhere. It is supposed to be derived from the decomposition of hemoglobin."
6252  
6253  Melanism (n.) An undue development of dark-colored pigment in the skin or its appendages; -- the opposite of albinism.
6254  
6255  Melanism (n.) A disease; black jaundice. See Mel/na.
6256  
6257  Melanistic (a.) Affected with melanism; of the nature of melanism.
6258  
6259  Melanite (n.) A black variety of garnet.
6260  
6261  "Melanochroi (n. pl.) A group of the human race, including the dark whites."
6262  
6263  Melanochroic (a.) Having a dark complexion; of or pertaining to the Melanochroi.
6264  
6265  "Melanochroite (n.) A mineral of a red, or brownish or yellowish red color. It is a chromate of lead; -- called also phoenicocroite."
6266  
6267  Melanocomous (a.) Having very dark or black hair; black-haired.
6268  
6269  "Melanorrhoea (n.) An East Indian genus of large trees. Melanorrh/a usitatissima is the lignum-vitae of Pegu, and yelds a valuable black varnish."
6270  
6271  "Melanoscope (n.) An instrument containing a combination of colored glasses such that they transmit only red light, so that objects of other colors, as green leaves, appear black when seen through it. It is used for viewing colored flames, to detect the presence of potassium, lithium, etc., by the red light which they emit."
6272  
6273  "Melanosis () The morbid deposition of black matter, often of a malignant character, causing pigmented tumors."
6274  
6275  "Melanosperm (n.) An alga of any kind that produces blackish spores, or seed dust. The melanosperms include the rockweeds and all kinds of kelp."
6276  
6277  Melanotic (a.) Melanistic.
6278  
6279  "Melanotype (n.) A positive picture produced with sensitized collodion on a smooth surface of black varnish, coating a thin plate of iron; also, the process of making such a picture."
6280  
6281  Melanterite (n.) A hydrous sulphate of iron of a green color and vitreous luster; iron vitriol.
6282  
6283  Melanure (n.) A small fish of the Mediterranean; a gilthead. See Gilthead (a).
6284  
6285  "Melanuric (a.) Pertaining to, or designating, a complex nitrogenous acid obtained by decomposition of melam, or of urea, as a white crystalline powder; -- called also melanurenic acid."
6286  
6287  "Melaphyre (n.) Any one of several dark-colored augitic, eruptive rocks allied to basalt."
6288  
6289  "Melasma (n.) A dark discoloration of the skin, usually local; as, Addison's melasma, or Addison's disease."
6290  
6291  Melasses (n.) See Molasses.
6292  
6293  "Melassic (a.) Pertaining to, or designating, an acid obtained from molasses or glucose, and probably identical with saccharic acid. See Saccharic."
6294  
6295  "Melastoma (n.) A genus of evergreen tropical shrubs; -- so called from the black berries of some species, which stain the mouth."
6296  
6297  Melastomaceous (a.) Belonging to the order of which Melastoma is the type.
6298  
6299  "Melchite (n.) One of a sect, chiefly in Syria and Egypt, which acknowledges the authority of the pope, but adheres to the liturgy and ceremonies of the Eastern Church."
6300  
6301  Meleagrine (a.) Of or pertaining to the genus Meleagris.
6302  
6303  "Meleagris (n.) A genus of American gallinaceous birds, including the common and the wild turkeys."
6304  
6305  Melee (n.) A fight in which the combatants are mingled in one confused mass; a hand to hand conflict; an affray.
6306  
6307  Melena (n.) See Melaena.
6308  
6309  "Melene (n.) An unsaturated hydrocarbon, C30H60, of the ethylene series, obtained from beeswax as a white, scaly, crystalline wax; -- called also melissene, and melissylene."
6310  
6311  "Melenite (n.) An explosive of great destructive power; -- so called from its color, which resembles honey."
6312  
6313  Meletin (n.) See Quercitin.
6314  
6315  "Melezitose (n.) A variety of sugar, isomeric with sucrose, extracted from the manna of the larch (Larix)."
6316  
6317  Meliaceous (a.) Pertaining to a natural order (Meliacae) of plants of which the genus Melia is the type. It includes the mahogany and the Spanish cedar.
6318  
6319  Melibean (a.) Alt. of Melib/an
6320  
6321  "Melib/an (a.) Alternately responsive, as verses."
6322  
6323  Melic () Of or pertaining to song; lyric; tuneful.
6324  
6325  Melicerous (a.) Consisting of or containing matter like honey; -- said of certain encysted tumors.
6326  
6327  Melic grass () A genus of grasses (Melica) of little agricultural importance.
6328  
6329  Melicotoon (n.) See Melocoton.
6330  
6331  Melicratory (n.) A meadlike drink.
6332  
6333  "Melilite (n.) A mineral occurring in small yellow crystals, found in the lavas (melilite basalt) of Vesuvius, and elsewhere."
6334  
6335  "Melilot (n.) Any species of Melilotus, a genus of leguminous herbs having a vanillalike odor; sweet clover; hart's clover. The blue melilot (Melilotus caerulea) is used in Switzerland to give color and flavor to sapsago cheese."
6336  
6337  "Melilotic (a.) Of, pertaining to, or obtained from, sweet clover or melilot; specifically, designating an acid of the aromatic series, obtained from melilot as a white crystalline substance."
6338  
6339  Meliorated (imp. & p. p.) of Meliorate
6340  
6341  Meliorating (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Meliorate
6342  
6343  Meliorate (v. t.) To make better; to improve; to ameliorate; to soften; to make more tolerable.
6344  
6345  Meliorate (v. i.) To grow better.
6346  
6347  Meliorater (n.) Same as Meliorator.
6348  
6349  "Melioration (n.) The act or operation of meliorating, or the state of being meliorated; improvement."
6350  
6351  Meliorator (n.) One who meliorates.
6352  
6353  Meliorism (n.) The doctrine that there is a tendency throughout nature toward improvement.
6354  
6355  Meliority (n.) The state or quality of being better; melioration.
6356  
6357  Meliphagan (a.) Belonging to the genus Meliphaga.
6358  
6359  Meliphagan (n.) Any bird of the genus Meliphaga and allied genera; a honey eater; -- called also meliphagidan.
6360  
6361  "Meliphagous (a.) Eating, or feeding upon, honey."
6362  
6363  Melismata (pl. ) of Melisma
6364  
6365  "Melisma (n.) A piece of melody; a song or tune, -- as opposed to recitative or musical declamation."
6366  
6367  Melisma (n.) A grace or embellishment.
6368  
6369  "Melissa (n.) A genus of labiate herbs, including the balm, or bee balm (Melissa officinalis)."
6370  
6371  "Melissic (a.) Pertaining to, or derived from, beeswax; specif., denoting an acid obtained by oxidation of myricin."
6372  
6373  Melissyl (n.) See Myricyl.
6374  
6375  Melissylene (n.) See Melene.
6376  
6377  "Melitose (n.) A variety of sugar isomeric with sucrose, extracted from cotton seeds and from the so-called Australian manna (a secretion of certain species of Eucalyptus)."
6378  
6379  Mell (v. i. & t.) To mix; to meddle.
6380  
6381  Mell (n.) Honey.
6382  
6383  Mell (n.) A mill.
6384  
6385  Mellate (n.) A mellitate.
6386  
6387  Mellay (n.) A melee; a conflict.
6388  
6389  Mellic (a.) See Mellitic.
6390  
6391  Melliferous (a.) Producing honey.
6392  
6393  Mellific (a.) Producing honey.
6394  
6395  Mellification (n.) The making or production of honey.
6396  
6397  "Mellifluence (n.) A flow of sweetness, or a sweet, smooth flow."
6398  
6399  Mellifluent (a.) Flowing as with honey; smooth; mellifluous.
6400  
6401  Mellifluently (adv.) In a mellifluent manner.
6402  
6403  "Mellifluous (a.) Flowing as with honey; smooth; flowing sweetly or smoothly; as, a mellifluous voice."
6404  
6405  Melligenous (a.) Having the qualities of honey.
6406  
6407  Melligo (n.) Honeydew.
6408  
6409  Melliloquent (a.) Speaking sweetly or harmoniously.
6410  
6411  Melliphagan (n.) See Meliphagan.
6412  
6413  Melliphagous (a.) See Meliphagous.
6414  
6415  Mellitate (n.) A salt of mellitic acid.
6416  
6417  "Mellite (n.) A mineral of a honey color, found in brown coal, and partly the result of vegetable decomposition; honeystone. It is a mellitate of alumina."
6418  
6419  "Mellitic (a.) Containing saccharine matter; marked by saccharine secretions; as, mellitic diabetes."
6420  
6421  "Mellitic (a.) Pertaining to, or derived from, the mineral mellite."
6422  
6423  "Mellone (n.) A yellow powder, C6H3N9, obtained from certain sulphocyanates. It has acid properties and forms compounds called mellonides."
6424  
6425  Mellonide (n.) See Mellone.
6426  
6427  "Mellow (superl.) Soft or tender by reason of ripeness; having a tender pulp; as, a mellow apple."
6428  
6429  "Mellow (superl.) Easily worked or penetrated; not hard or rigid; as, a mellow soil."
6430  
6431  "Mellow (superl.) Not coarse, rough, or harsh; subdued; soft; rich; delicate; -- said of sound, color, flavor, style, etc."
6432  
6433  Mellow (superl.) Well matured; softened by years; genial; jovial.
6434  
6435  Mellow (superl.) Warmed by liquor; slightly intoxicated.
6436  
6437  Mellowed (imp. & p. p.) of Mellow
6438  
6439  Mellowing (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Mellow
6440  
6441  Mellow (v. t.) To make mellow.
6442  
6443  "Mellow (v. i.) To become mellow; as, ripe fruit soon mellows."
6444  
6445  Mellowly (adv.) In a mellow manner.
6446  
6447  Mellowness (n.) Quality or state of being mellow.
6448  
6449  Mellowy (a.) Soft; unctuous.
6450  
6451  "Melluco (n.) A climbing plant (Ullucus officinalis) of the Andes, having tuberous roots which are used as a substitute for potatoes."
6452  
6453  Melne (n.) A mill.
6454  
6455  Melocoton (n.) Alt. of Melocotoon
6456  
6457  Melocotoon (n.) A quince.
6458  
6459  "Melocotoon (n.) A kind of peach having one side deep red, and the flesh yellow."
6460  
6461  Melodeon (n.) A kind of small reed organ; -- a portable form of the seraphine.
6462  
6463  Melodeon (n.) A music hall.
6464  
6465  "Melodic (a.) Of the nature of melody; relating to, containing, or made up of, melody; melodious."
6466  
6467  "Melodics (n.) The department of musical science which treats of the pitch of tones, and of the laws of melody."
6468  
6469  "Melodiograph (n.) A contrivance for preserving a record of music, by recording the action of the keys of a musical instrument when played upon."
6470  
6471  "Melodious (a.) Containing, or producing, melody; musical; agreeable to the ear by a sweet succession of sounds; as, a melodious voice."
6472  
6473  Melodist (n.) A composer or singer of melodies.
6474  
6475  Melodized (imp. & p. p.) of Melodize
6476  
6477  Melodizing (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Melodize
6478  
6479  "Melodize (v. t.) To make melodious; to form into, or set to, melody."
6480  
6481  Melodize (v. i.) To make melody; to compose melodies; to harmonize.
6482  
6483  "Melodrama (n.) Formerly, a kind of drama having a musical accompaniment to intensify the effect of certain scenes. Now, a drama abounding in romantic sentiment and agonizing situations, with a musical accompaniment only in parts which are especially thrilling or pathetic. In opera, a passage in which the orchestra plays a somewhat descriptive accompaniment, while the actor speaks; as, the melodrama in the gravedigging scene of Beethoven's ""Fidelio""."
6484  
6485  Melodramatic (a.) Of or pertaining to melodrama; like or suitable to a melodrama; unnatural in situation or action.
6486  
6487  "Melodramatist (n.) One who acts in, or writes, melodramas."
6488  
6489  Melodrame (n.) Melodrama.
6490  
6491  Melodies (pl. ) of Melody
6492  
6493  Melody (n.) A sweet or agreeable succession of sounds.
6494  
6495  "Melody (n.) A rhythmical succession of single tones, ranging for the most part within a given key, and so related together as to form a musical whole, having the unity of what is technically called a musical thought, at once pleasing to the ear and characteristic in expression."
6496  
6497  Melody (n.) The air or tune of a musical piece.
6498  
6499  "Meloe () A genus of beetles without wings, but having short oval elytra; the oil beetles. These beetles are sometimes used instead of cantharides for raising blisters. See Oil beetle, under Oil."
6500  
6501  Melograph (n.) Same as Melodiograph.
6502  
6503  "Melolonthidian (n.) A beetle of the genus Melolontha, and allied genera. See May beetle, under May."
6504  
6505  "Melon (n.) The juicy fruit of certain cucurbitaceous plants, as the muskmelon, watermelon, and citron melon; also, the plant that produces the fruit."
6506  
6507  "Melon (n.) A large, ornamental, marine, univalve shell of the genus Melo."
6508  
6509  Melopiano (n.) A piano having a mechanical attachment which enables the player to prolong the notes at will.
6510  
6511  "Meloplastic (a.) Of or pertaining to meloplasty, or the artificial formation of a new cheek."
6512  
6513  Meloplasty (n.) The process of restoring a cheek which has been destroyed wholly or in part.
6514  
6515  "Melop/ia (n.) The art of forming melody; melody; -- now often used for a melodic passage, rather than a complete melody."
6516  
6517  "Melotype (n.) A picture produced by a process in which development after exposure may be deferred indefinitely, so as to permit transportation of exposed plates; also, the process itself."
6518  
6519  Melpomene (n.) The Muse of tragedy.
6520  
6521  Melpomene (n.) The eighteenth asteroid.
6522  
6523  Melrose (n.) Honey of roses.
6524  
6525  Melt (n.) See 2d Milt.
6526  
6527  Melted (imp. & p. p.) of Melt
6528  
6529  Molten (p. p.) of Melt
6530  
6531  Melting (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Melt
6532  
6533  "Melt (v.) To reduce from a solid to a liquid state, as by heat; to liquefy; as, to melt wax, tallow, or lead; to melt ice or snow."
6534  
6535  "Melt (v.) Hence: To soften, as by a warming or kindly influence; to relax; to render gentle or susceptible to mild influences; sometimes, in a bad sense, to take away the firmness of; to weaken."
6536  
6537  "Melt (v. i.) To be changed from a solid to a liquid state under the influence of heat; as, butter and wax melt at moderate temperatures."
6538  
6539  "Melt (v. i.) To dissolve; as, sugar melts in the mouth."
6540  
6541  "Melt (v. i.) Hence: To be softened; to become tender, mild, or gentle; also, to be weakened or subdued, as by fear."
6542  
6543  Melt (v. i.) To lose distinct form or outline; to blend.
6544  
6545  "Melt (v. i.) To disappear by being dispersed or dissipated; as, the fog melts away."
6546  
6547  Meltable (a.) Capable of being melted.
6548  
6549  "Melter (n.) One who, or that which, melts."
6550  
6551  "Melting (n.) Liquefaction; the act of causing (something) to melt, or the process of becoming melted."
6552  
6553  "Melting (a.) Causing to melt; becoming melted; -- used literally or figuratively; as, a melting heat; a melting appeal; a melting mood."
6554  
6555  Melton (n.) A kind of stout woolen cloth with unfinished face and without raised nap. A commoner variety has a cotton warp.
6556  
6557  Member (v. t.) To remember; to cause to remember; to mention.
6558  
6559  Member (n.) A part of an animal capable of performing a distinct office; an organ; a limb.
6560  
6561  "Member (n.) Hence, a part of a whole; an independent constituent of a body"
6562  
6563  Member (n.) A part of a discourse or of a period or sentence; a clause; a part of a verse.
6564  
6565  "Member (n.) Either of the two parts of an algebraic equation, connected by the sign of equality."
6566  
6567  "Member (n.) Any essential part, as a post, tie rod, strut, etc., of a framed structure, as a bridge truss."
6568  
6569  "Member (n.) Any part of a building, whether constructional, as a pier, column, lintel, or the like, or decorative, as a molding, or group of moldings."
6570  
6571  "Member (n.) One of the persons composing a society, community, or the like; an individual forming part of an association; as, a member of the society of Friends."
6572  
6573  Membered (a.) Having limbs; -- chiefly used in composition.
6574  
6575  Membered (a.) Having legs of a different tincture from that of the body; -- said of a bird in heraldic representations.
6576  
6577  Membership (n.) The state of being a member.
6578  
6579  "Membership (n.) The collective body of members, as of a society."
6580  
6581  Membral (a.) Relating to a member.
6582  
6583  Membranaceous (a.) Same as Membranous.
6584  
6585  "Membranaceous (a.) Thin and rather soft or pliable, as the leaves of the rose, peach tree, and aspen poplar."
6586  
6587  "Membrane (n.) A thin layer or fold of tissue, usually supported by a fibrous network, serving to cover or line some part or organ, and often secreting or absorbing certain fluids."
6588  
6589  Membraneous (a.) See Membranous.
6590  
6591  Membraniferous (a.) Having or producing membranes.
6592  
6593  Membraniform (a.) Having the form of a membrane or of parchment.
6594  
6595  Membranology (n.) The science which treats of membranes.
6596  
6597  "Membranous (a.) Pertaining to, consisting of, or resembling, membrane; as, a membranous covering or lining."
6598  
6599  Membranous (a.) Membranaceous.
6600  
6601  Mementos (pl. ) of Memento
6602  
6603  "Memento (n.) A hint, suggestion, token, or memorial, to awaken memory; that which reminds or recalls to memory; a souvenir."
6604  
6605  "Meminna (n.) A small deerlet, or chevrotain, of India."
6606  
6607  "Memnon (n.) A celebrated Egyptian statue near Thebes, said to have the property of emitting a harplike sound at sunrise."
6608  
6609  Memoir (n.) Alt. of Memoirs
6610  
6611  "Memoirs (n.) A memorial account; a history composed from personal experience and memory; an account of transactions or events (usually written in familiar style) as they are remembered by the writer. See History, 2."
6612  
6613  "Memoirs (n.) A memorial of any individual; a biography; often, a biography written without special regard to method and completeness."
6614  
6615  Memoirs (n.) An account of something deemed noteworthy; an essay; a record of investigations of any subject; the journals and proceedings of a society.
6616  
6617  Memoirist (n.) A writer of memoirs.
6618  
6619  "Memorabilia (n. pl.) Things remarkable and worthy of remembrance or record; also, the record of them."
6620  
6621  Memorability (n.) The quality or state of being memorable.
6622  
6623  Memorable (a.) Worthy to be remembered; very important or remarkable.
6624  
6625  Memorandums (pl. ) of Memorandum
6626  
6627  Memoranda (pl. ) of Memorandum
6628  
6629  Memorandum (n.) A record of something which it is desired to remember; a note to help the memory.
6630  
6631  "Memorandum (n.) A brief or informal note in writing of some transaction, or an outline of an intended instrument; an instrument drawn up in a brief and compendious form."
6632  
6633  Memorate (v. t.) To commemorate.
6634  
6635  Memorative (a.) Commemorative.
6636  
6637  Memoria (n.) Memory.
6638  
6639  "Memorial (a.) Serving to preserve remembrance; commemorative; as, a memorial building."
6640  
6641  Memorial (a.) Mnemonic; assisting the memory.
6642  
6643  Memorial (n.) Anything intended to preserve the memory of a person or event; something which serves to keep something else in remembrance; a monument.
6644  
6645  Memorial (n.) A memorandum; a record.
6646  
6647  "Memorial (n.) A written representation of facts, addressed to the government, or to some branch of it, or to a society, etc., -- often accompanied with a petition."
6648  
6649  Memorial (n.) Memory; remembrance.
6650  
6651  "Memorial (n.) A species of informal state paper, much used in negotiation."
6652  
6653  Memorialist (n.) One who writes or signs a memorial.
6654  
6655  Memorialized (imp. & p. p.) of Memorialize
6656  
6657  Memorializing (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Memorialize
6658  
6659  "Memorialize (v. t.) To address or petition by a memorial; to present a memorial to; as, to memorialize the legislature."
6660  
6661  Memorializer (n.) One who petitions by a memorial.
6662  
6663  "Memorist (n.) One who, or that which, causes to be remembered."
6664  
6665  "Memoriter (adv.) By, or from, memory."
6666  
6667  Memorized (imp. & p. p.) of Memorize
6668  
6669  Memorizing (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Memorize
6670  
6671  "Memorize (v. t.) To cause to be remembered ; hence, to record."
6672  
6673  Memorize (v. t.) To commit to memory; to learn by heart.
6674  
6675  Memories (pl. ) of Memory
6676  
6677  "Memory (n.) The faculty of the mind by which it retains the knowledge of previous thoughts, impressions, or events."
6678  
6679  "Memory (n.) The reach and positiveness with which a person can remember; the strength and trustworthiness of one's power to reach and represent or to recall the past; as, his memory was never wrong."
6680  
6681  "Memory (n.) The actual and distinct retention and recognition of past ideas in the mind; remembrance; as, in memory of youth; memories of foreign lands."
6682  
6683  "Memory (n.) The time within which past events can be or are remembered; as, within the memory of man."
6684  
6685  "Memory (n.) Something, or an aggregate of things, remembered; hence, character, conduct, etc., as preserved in remembrance, history, or tradition; posthumous fame; as, the war became only a memory."
6686  
6687  Memory (n.) A memorial.
6688  
6689  "Memphian (a.) Of or pertaining to the ancient city of Memphis in Egypt; hence, Egyptian; as, Memphian darkness."
6690  
6691  Men (n.) pl. of Man.
6692  
6693  "Men (pron.) A man; one; -- used with a verb in the singular, and corresponding to the present indefinite one or they."
6694  
6695  "Menaccanite (n.) An iron-black or steel-gray mineral, consisting chiefly of the oxides of iron and titanium. It is commonly massive, but occurs also in rhombohedral crystals. Called also titanic iron ore, and ilmenite."
6696  
6697  Menace (n.) The show of an intention to inflict evil; a threat or threatening; indication of a probable evil or catastrophe to come.
6698  
6699  Menaced (imp. & p. p.) of Menace
6700  
6701  Menacing (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Menace
6702  
6703  "Menace (n.) To express or show an intention to inflict, or to hold out a prospect of inflicting, evil or injury upon; to threaten; -- usually followed by with before the harm threatened; as, to menace a country with war."
6704  
6705  "Menace (n.) To threaten, as an evil to be inflicted."
6706  
6707  Menace (v. i.) To act in threatening manner; to wear a threatening aspect.
6708  
6709  Menacer (n.) One who menaces.
6710  
6711  Menacingly (adv.) In a threatening manner.
6712  
6713  Menage (n.) See Manage.
6714  
6715  Menage (n.) A collection of animals; a menagerie.
6716  
6717  Menagerie (n.) A piace where animals are kept and trained.
6718  
6719  "Menagerie (n.) A collection of wild or exotic animals, kept for exhibition."
6720  
6721  Menagogue (n.) Emmenagogue.
6722  
6723  Menaia (pl. ) of Menaion
6724  
6725  "Menaion (n.) A work of twelve volumes, each containing the offices in the Greek Church for a month; also, each volume of the same."
6726  
6727  Menald (a.) Alt. of Menild
6728  
6729  Menild (a.) Covered with spots; speckled; variegated.
6730  
6731  Mended (imp. & p. p.) of Mend
6732  
6733  Mending (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Mend
6734  
6735  "Mend (v. t.) To repair, as anything that is torn, broken, defaced, decayed, or the like; to restore from partial decay, injury, or defacement; to patch up; to put in shape or order again; to re-create; as, to mend a garment or a machine."
6736  
6737  "Mend (v. t.) To alter for the better; to set right; to reform; hence, to quicken; as, to mend one's manners or pace."
6738  
6739  "Mend (v. t.) To help, to advance, to further; to add to."
6740  
6741  Mend (v. i.) To grow better; to advance to a better state; to become improved.
6742  
6743  Mendable (a.) Capable of being mended.
6744  
6745  "Mendacious (a.) Given to deception or falsehood; lying; as, a mendacious person."
6746  
6747  "Mendacious (a.) False; counterfeit; containing falsehood; as, a mendacious statement."
6748  
6749  Mendacities (pl. ) of Mendacity
6750  
6751  Mendacity (n.) The quality or state of being mendacious; a habit of lying.
6752  
6753  Mendacity (n.) A falsehood; a lie.
6754  
6755  Mender (n.) One who mends or repairs.
6756  
6757  Mendiant (n.) See Mendinant.
6758  
6759  Mendicancy (n.) The condition of being mendicant; beggary; begging.
6760  
6761  "Mendicant (a.) Practicing beggary; begging; living on alms; as, mendicant friars."
6762  
6763  "Mendicant (n.) A beggar; esp., one who makes a business of begging; specifically, a begging friar."
6764  
6765  Mendicate (v. t.& i.) To beg.
6766  
6767  Mendication (n.) The act or practice of begging; beggary; mendicancy.
6768  
6769  Mendicity (n.) The practice of begging; the life of a beggar; mendicancy.
6770  
6771  Mendinant (n.) A mendicant or begging friar.
6772  
6773  Mendment (n.) Amendment.
6774  
6775  Mendole (n.) The cackerel.
6776  
6777  Mendregal (n.) Medregal.
6778  
6779  Mends (n.) See Amends.
6780  
6781  Mente (imp.) of Menge
6782  
6783  Meinte () of Menge
6784  
6785  Ment (p. p.) of Menge
6786  
6787  Meint () of Menge
6788  
6789  Menge (v. i.) To mix.
6790  
6791  "Menhaden (n.) An American marine fish of the Herring familt (Brevoortia tyrannus), chiefly valuable for its oil and as a component of fertilizers; -- called also mossbunker, bony fish, chebog, pogy, hardhead, whitefish, etc."
6792  
6793  "Menhir (n.) A large stone set upright in olden times as a memorial or monument. Many, of unknown date, are found in Brittany and throughout Northern Europe."
6794  
6795  Menial (n.) Belonging to a retinue or train of servants; performing servile office; serving.
6796  
6797  "Menial (n.) Pertaining to servants, esp. domestic servants; servile; low; mean."
6798  
6799  "Menial (n.) A domestic servant or retainer, esp. one of humble rank; one employed in low or servile offices."
6800  
6801  Menial (n.) A person of a servile character or disposition.
6802  
6803  "Meniere's disease () A disease characterized by deafness and vertigo, resulting in incoordination of movement. It is supposed to depend upon a morbid condition of the semicircular canals of the internal ear. Named after Meniere, a French physician."
6804  
6805  Menilite (n.) See Opal.
6806  
6807  Meningeal (a.) Of or pertaining to the meninges.
6808  
6809  "Meninges (n. pl.) The three membranes that envelop the brain and spinal cord; the pia mater, dura mater, and arachnoid membrane."
6810  
6811  Meningitis (n.) Inflammation of the membranes of the brain or spinal cord.
6812  
6813  "Meniscal (a.) Pertaining to, or having the form of, a meniscus."
6814  
6815  "Meniscoid (a.) Concavo-convex, like a meniscus."
6816  
6817  Menisci (pl. ) of Meniscus
6818  
6819  Meniscuses (pl. ) of Meniscus
6820  
6821  Meniscus (n.) A crescent.
6822  
6823  Meniscus (n.) A lens convex on one side and concave on the other.
6824  
6825  "Meniscus (n.) An interarticular synovial cartilage or membrane; esp., one of the intervertebral synovial disks in some parts of the vertebral column of birds."
6826  
6827  Menispermaceous (a.) Pertaining to a natural order (Menispermace/) of climbing plants of which moonseed (Menispermum) is the type.
6828  
6829  "Menispermic (a.) Pertaining to, or obtained from, moonseed (Menispermum), or other plants of the same family, as the Anamirta Cocculus."
6830  
6831  "Menispermine (n.) An alkaloid distinct from picrotoxin and obtained from the cocculus indicus (the fruit of Anamirta Cocculus, formerly Menispermum Cocculus) as a white, crystalline, tasteless powder; -- called also menispermina."
6832  
6833  Meniver (a.) Same as Miniver.
6834  
6835  Mennonist (n.) Alt. of Mennonite
6836  
6837  "Mennonite (n.) One of a small denomination of Christians, so called from Menno Simons of Friesland, their founder. They believe that the New Testament is the only rule of faith, that there is no original sin, that infants should not be baptized, and that Christians ought not to take oath, hold office, or render military service."
6838  
6839  Menobranch (n.) Alt. of Menobranchus
6840  
6841  "Menobranchus (n.) A large aquatic American salamander of the genus Necturus, having permanent external gills."
6842  
6843  Menologia (pl. ) of Menology
6844  
6845  Menologies (pl. ) of Menology
6846  
6847  Menologium (n.) Alt. of Menology
6848  
6849  Menology (n.) A register of months.
6850  
6851  "Menology (n.) A brief calendar of the lives of the saints for each day in the year, or a simple remembrance of those whose lives are not written."
6852  
6853  "Menopause (n.) The period of natural cessation of menstruation. See Change of life, under Change."
6854  
6855  Menopoma (n.) Alt. of Menopome
6856  
6857  Menopome (n.) The hellbender.
6858  
6859  Menorrhagia (n.) Profuse menstruation.
6860  
6861  Menorrhagia (n.) Any profuse bleeding from the uterus; Metrorrhagia.
6862  
6863  Menostasis (n.) Stoppage of the mences.
6864  
6865  Menostation (n.) Same as Menostasis.
6866  
6867  Menow (n.) A minnow.
6868  
6869  "Men-pleaser (n.) One whose motive is to please men or the world, rather than God."
6870  
6871  "Mensal (a.) Belonging to the table; transacted at table; as, mensal conversation."
6872  
6873  Mensal (a.) Occurring once in a month; monthly.
6874  
6875  Mense (n.) Manliness; dignity; comeliness; civility.
6876  
6877  Mense (v. t.) To grace.
6878  
6879  "Menses (n. pl.) The catamenial or menstrual discharge, a periodic flow of blood or bloody fluid from the uterus or female generative organs."
6880  
6881  "Menstrual (a.) Recurring once a month; monthly; gone through in a month; as, the menstrual revolution of the moon; pertaining to monthly changes; as, the menstrual equation of the sun's place."
6882  
6883  "Menstrual (a.) Of or pertaining to the menses; as, menstrual discharges; the menstrual period."
6884  
6885  Menstrual (a.) Of or pertaining to a menstruum.
6886  
6887  Menstruant (a.) Subject to monthly flowing or menses.
6888  
6889  Menstruate (a.) Menstruous.
6890  
6891  Menstruated (imp. & p. p.) of Menstruate
6892  
6893  Menstruating (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Menstruate
6894  
6895  Menstruate (v. i.) To discharge the menses; to have the catamenial flow.
6896  
6897  "Menstruation (n.) The discharge of the menses; also, the state or the period of menstruating."
6898  
6899  Menstrue (n.) The menstrual flux; menses.
6900  
6901  Menstruous (a.) Having the monthly flow or discharge; menstruating.
6902  
6903  Menstruous (a.) Of or pertaining tj the monthly flow; catamenial.
6904  
6905  Menstruums (pl. ) of Menstruum
6906  
6907  Menstrua (pl. ) of Menstruum
6908  
6909  Menstruum (n.) Any substance which dissolves a solid body; a solvent.
6910  
6911  Mensurability (n.) The quality of being mensurable.
6912  
6913  Mensurable (a.) Capable of being measured; measurable.
6914  
6915  Mensurableness (n.) The quality or state of being mensurable; measurableness.
6916  
6917  Mensural (a.) Of or pertaining to measure.
6918  
6919  Mensurate (v.) To measure.
6920  
6921  "Mensuration (n.) The act, process, or art, of measuring."
6922  
6923  "Mensuration (n.) That branch of applied geometry which gives rules for finding the length of lines, the areas of surfaces, or the volumes of solids, from certain simple data of lines and angles."
6924  
6925  "-ment () A suffix denoting that which does a thing; an act or process; the result of an act or process; state or condition; as, aliment, that which nourishes, ornament, increment; fragment, piece broken, segment; abridgment, act of abridging, imprisonment, movement, adjournment; amazement, state of being amazed, astonishment."
6926  
6927  Ment () p. p. of Menge.
6928  
6929  Mentagra (n.) Sycosis.
6930  
6931  "Mental (a.) Of or pertaining to the chin; genian; as, the mental nerve; the mental region."
6932  
6933  Mental (n.) A plate or scale covering the mentum or chin of a fish or reptile.
6934  
6935  "Mental (a.) Of or pertaining to the mind; intellectual; as, mental faculties; mental operations, conditions, or exercise."
6936  
6937  Mentality (n.) Quality or state of mind.
6938  
6939  Mentally (adv.) In the mind; in thought or meditation; intellectually; in idea.
6940  
6941  "Mentha (n.) A widely distributed genus of fragrant herbs, including the peppermint, spearmint, etc. The plants have small flowers, usually arranged in dense axillary clusters."
6942  
6943  "Menthene (n.) A colorless liquid hydrocarbon resembling oil of turpentine, obtained by dehydrating menthol. It has an agreeable odor and a cooling taste."
6944  
6945  "Menthol (n.) A white, crystalline, aromatic substance resembling camphor, extracted from oil of peppermint (Mentha); -- called also mint camphor or peppermint camphor."
6946  
6947  Menthyl (n.) A compound radical forming the base of menthol.
6948  
6949  Menticultural (a.) Of or pertaining to mental culture; serving to improve or strengthen the mind.
6950  
6951  "Mention (n.) A speaking or notice of anything, -- usually in a brief or cursory manner. Used especially in the phrase to make mention of."
6952  
6953  Mentioned (imp. & p. p.) of Mention
6954  
6955  Mentioning (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Mention
6956  
6957  Mention (v. t.) To make mention of; to speak briefly of; to name.
6958  
6959  Ment